Insidious Meme

PsyFi World – 10-11-2023

PsyFi World - 10-11-2023

PSYFI WORLD - 10-11-2023

Episode Summary:

The document appears to be a narrative or monologue discussing a series of events and deeper philosophical and metaphysical concepts. The narrator begins by recounting a series of unfortunate events, including a cracked windshield and a minor accident. The narrative then shifts to a discussion about psychic phenomena, referencing Ingo Swan, an early remote viewer. The narrator delves into the nature of reality, time, and consciousness, suggesting that our reality is not continuous but is broken up into flashes. This concept is likened to how computers operate in time slices. The narrator further posits that time plays a role in creating psychic energy, with every snap back into reality producing ripples of psychic energy. The idea is that all living beings, including insects, possess some level of psychic ability due to their existence within this reality. The narrator also touches upon the idea of space aliens and their potential understanding of this psychic reality. The document ends with a mention of the "Kazarian mafia" and their alleged efforts to suppress knowledge about psychic abilities and life extension.

#Event #ClifHigh #reality #time #consciousness #psychic #IngoSwan #remoteviewing #aliens #energy #narrative #events #philosophy #metaphysical #computers #timeslices #ripples #existence #life #extension #KazarianMafia #knowledge #suppression #flashes #phenomena #understanding #space #telepathy #conscious #awareness #duration #metaphor #sorcerers #shaman #Aikido #harmonizing #temporal

Key Takeaways:
  • Reality is not continuous but consists of flashes, similar to computer time slices.
  • Time plays a significant role in creating psychic energy.
  • Every snap back into reality produces ripples of psychic energy.
  • All living beings, including insects, possess some level of psychic ability.
  • Space aliens might have a deeper understanding of this psychic reality.
  • The Kazarian mafia is allegedly suppressing knowledge about psychic abilities and life extension.
Predictions:
  • The contention between human telepathy and space alien telepathy will soon be revealed.
  • Humans will soon discover how psychic they are relative to space aliens.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

PSYFI WORLD - 10-11-2023

Hello, humans. Hello humans. I'm way on my way outbound now. It's only about 1018. Been a weird day.

This is probably going to be the only one of these I put up today. The other one was my other talk was interrupted by a car being struck by a rock thrown from a logging truck and it cracked my windshield. And then after that, I pulled over in town here at a little store to get out and examine it, see if there's been glass taken out in the sense of chunked out of the thing. A very dangerous situation, which indeed there has. So I've got to get it repaired.

Anyway, I got hit by a little car. I don't know what kind of little car it was. Sort of those dark gray little cars. It was backing out as I was walking around my car. Hit and run.

They didn't even know they'd hit me. Probably knocked me over and torqued my back out a little bit. So I decided to just abandon a lot of the little extra chores and just head back after doing the shopping. Food is the important stuff. And now I got to make an appointment to get the windshield fixed and hopefully I don't have to deal with any fucking doctors on my back.

I got to do a lot of repair for that. Anyway, just not a good day. Big and stormy and so on. Anyway, so the previous talk I just nattered on about the ashkenazi and all of that. It's not important.

Anyway, and then I got hit by the rock. There was a lot of swearing and then I just shut it off. Anyway, so the thing I wanted to talk about really is this really kind of weird spooky idea which is related to Ingo Swan, who was an early remote viewer, like one of the very first, wrote a bunch of really cool books, really good thinker. I mean, he really thought deep about stuff in the ESP Psy world, right? So just as an aside, I'm going to start calling our Sci-Fi world that we've got coming up here.

I'm not gonna spell it sci anymore. I'm gonna spell it Psy because it's all about psychic stuff, right? Anyway, Ingo Swan had in one of his books, which was really a good book, he said that it's going to come down to contention I won't say a war, but contention between human telepathy and space alien telepathy. And it's a toss up. Or rather, we don't know how that will end for humans or for the space aliens.

We don't know how psychic we are relative to their psychicness, et cetera, but we're going to be soon finding out. Now, I have a view of reality here that says that our reality is not as is described by Einstein. It's not the little grit that in fact we have these our reality is broken up into 22 trillion flashes per second. And that time is the power for all of everything. And that time is expressed out of duration, is expressed out of consciousness as it recreates itself 22 trillion times a second.

This is pertinent because in my viewpoint, time is also creating our psychic abilities, right? If we wanted to think about it a particular way, if we wanted to envision it this particular way as time snaps reality back into self aware existence, bear in mind that when we're in the pause, we're still here. We're just not aware of ourselves here, right? We don't see the world. The world does not, quote, exist in that sense until we snap back into our awareness.

This is kind of, in a sense, this would be a metaphor that is derived. Okay? So let me reverse that. The way computers work with time slices 32,557 clock cycles on a 256 machine, right? And hundreds of thousands of clock cycles in the faster computer chips and so on.

That is time slicing, okay? That's taking it a second and slicing it into all of these little chunks for each and every one of those little chunks within the computer. Every time the computer does that, the software is given an instruction saying you exist now, you can do something. And then an instruction set is returned to the operating system. And the operating system does the very first part of that instruction set in the very first time cycle after that.

So it receives it and then there is actually a pause within the computer. That is so it's 132 thousand of a second being granted each time for an instruction set to the chip. And then there's the pause. There is no like turn off or anything. It's just that the electricity has to cycle again and it takes another 32,000 of a second to cycle in more electricity and get the next instruction set operating.

This is a metaphor for our reality, okay? So we cannot build any devices in this material reality that do not reflect the reality in which it is being built. So we could not, if we tried, make a continuous time machine. We could not make a machine that calculated time continuously without any gaps. Computers don't do it.

As I say, they time slice on the chips. Clocks don't do it. Look at how the mechanism has that little pullback as each time the hands are moved, there's a small fraction of a millisecond in which the hands rock back ever so slightly before advancing again. And it doesn't matter how big they are, how small they are. This is a mechanism that is built into all watches, all clocks, based on our reality.

And look at how we used the swinging action of a pendulum in the old days to power clocks back and forth. You'd have a spring and then the pendulum was the time slicing on the energy that was stored in that spring. And as the pendulum rocked back and forth, a mechanism would allow the spring to provide tension into the mechanism of the clock, and then all the gears would advance. And ultimately, when the spring ran out of tension, the clock stopped. Okay?

Electronically, we're doing the same thing. We're time slicing. We're doing this because that's a metaphor for how our reality works, that we are all time sliced individuals being sliced in or out of consciousness, depending on how you wanted to think about it. Okay? So it's my thinking that as time snaps us back into reality, we have this, like, I want to say, a wave effect, okay?

And so the wave effect is that as time smashes us into existence 22 trillion times a second, every single one of those instances produces ripples within the reality at an energy level. And the very first level of energy for all of these ripples is going to be psychic, because that's the lowest level consciousness or highest level, however you want to think about it, consciousness is the fastest reacting energy we've got. Consciousness reacts so many thousands of times faster than electricity or any other form of energy, right? So consciousness is the first thing to react here, and the wave, the cascading, the shock of time snapping us into reality causes psychicness, all right? That's the ultimate source for psychic energy.

Knowing this, you can in fact, augment that. You can play with that. You can game it, so to speak, right? You know that this is happening. You know that there's going to be a psychic push.

You know that it's going to be wavelike, and that to a certain extent, it can be counted on to act as a carrier in the sense of providing psychic energy, et cetera, et cetera, so you could augment your own psychic ability, understanding how psychicness works at an energetic level. Now, I'm quite certain that a lot of the space aliens know this. They know how reality is structured. Many of them can probably see it, sense it, feel it, whatever, right? They have their understanding of it.

Probably a great many of them are just like us, dense motherfuckers that just don't really grasp it and are still struggling with the idea of consciousness versus agglutorated grit.

So time at that level, the big T, time participates in creating us, but also creating psychic energy. The waves of the psychic energy roll through us just as they roll through everything else. You have to understand how incredibly complex and complicated and to a certain extent, messy this becomes. Because you can see that if you were just sort of standing there and reality snaps you back into itself, so to speak, consciousness places you back into reality for that 122 trillionth part of a second that in that instance, as the energy is snapping in, you would be able to understand how do I want to say this? The effect of time not only on you, but time as duration, that is going to persist in the form of thoughts, activities, events, these kind of things, continuation from 122 trillionth part of a second to another.

Thus, if you were aware of how all of this sort of stuff worked, you could like for one way to deal with it would be to set yourself a temporal marker and then knowing that that temporal marker was going to occur at the time of its occurrence. You put out a psychic thought, for instance, right? But you don't put any energy behind it at that point. What you do is simply create it at that very first temporal marker. Then you don't have to wait because it's having 22 trillion times a second.

But the very next snap into reality, you would then use the energy to push that thought that you already knew was there, waiting to be pushed further into reality. Makes sense. You would sort of play with the effect of time, knowing that you could count on these forces to augment your efforts. And so this is really what a lot of the shaman do. This is really what sorcerers and curanderos and bruges, these kind of guys, this is what they do relative to our reality.

And you'll see that even like martial artists, like judo guys, karate sanses, this kind of thing, they will know about this EB and flow sort of stuff. You see it in judo all the time, where you're getting contention and they're pushing back on the particular kind of throw you want to use. And you just sort of let it SAG a bit. And as you let your energy SAG, you're basically drawing them in and then you snap back, either reinforcing your original throw or diverting to a new one. But what you're basically doing is you're harmonizing with and this is what we do in Aikido constantly, is we're harmonizing with the energies that are presenting themselves as reality recreates itself so that you become part of that wave.

Then you become a lot more powerful because you're not fighting against it. You're not trying to produce linearity in a world that does not have linearity. So as I was saying earlier, we cannot figure out any fucking way at all to produce a continuous time device no matter what we do. And there's been a lot of people that have been trying for various different reasons, okay? A lot of them now are having to do with medical analysis and biochemical reactions and this kind of thing that need to be timed to a degree that would have the gaps taken into account, so to speak, right?

So our psychic, our psychicness as an outgrowth of the way in which reality works. So all beings that are snapped back into reality are psychic, even insects. You can prove this to yourself, right?

You're sitting in a room, there's a bug, you see a fly, it flits around, and then it lands on the table, okay? You can prove that that bug can pick up psychic impressions by thinking to yourself to the point that you're envisioning all of the actions involved, and all you're ever going to do is think about it, right? You're not ever going to do it, but you think to yourself about smacking the fly with something, right? You think to yourself, I'm going to pick up this magazine and I'm going to smack that fly and kill it. And if you think this solid enough, put enough energy into it, that bug will react, it will pick it up.

Now, bugs, of course, are going to be somewhat dense to this sort of thing, right? They're not going to necessarily be as energetically perceptive as mammals, this kind of thing, right? And so you can do this with regular mammals. We all know the effect of where you're thinking about someone and they call you, or when, hang on, okay, what's this guy doing?

He's going slow. He wants me to pass him, but I can't do it because of the hill up here. Anyway, so anyway, as I was saying, we're coming down to it, and I think that there's a time component within our reality here. So little t time, not big t, but I think there's a time component that also interacts and plays around with our psychicness and that it's better to know that there are temporal aspects of psychic phenomena. When you're doing it that way, you can take advantage of and you can harmonize on these temporal aspects.

It's difficult to explain where I want to head with this because there's a lot of stuff I don't understand about it yet. There's a lot of stuff that I'm still speculating on and still conjugating on relative to manifestations in our reality that are showing up as psychic ability or psychic events with a temporal component. And the temporal part matters. Okay? So if we were more advanced, or if we were speculating that the space aliens telepathy is more advanced, then you might be able to as a telepathic being or a psychic being, you might be able to say to yourself, oh, that's an old you get a psychic impression.

You could say, oh, that psychic impression is old. It's not likely to manifest. It is something that was put out into the ether here and pushed out, and I've picked up on it, but there's no follow up behind it because of XYZ. So it'd be kind of like you pick up a psychic impression like you were the fly picking up the impression about being swatted. Now, bear in mind that the fly time slices.

It doesn't have a brain, doesn't think this way, but it is psychic because it is alive, because it's exhibiting living tissue, it is psychic and it's picking up your impression, and it ultimately will react to your thought of going to kill it. Now you have to think you're going to kill it solidly. You have to envision that you have to put some energy into it. You have to know that this is a reality that you can execute because the fly is not going to react to your fantasy, unlike humans, okay? Humans will react to your having a fantasy about all of this stuff just because you can put that information out there.

And humans are extremely susceptible to picking up information, and sometimes some humans have very little discrimination power, and they pick up information, and they assume because of the way they've got it, that it's valid and it's real. Now, this is one of the ways I differ from most of the Wu people. I don't ever assume that any of this shit I come across is in any way real. And I have very strict protocols for myself for analyzing all psychic impressions and this sort of thing such that I can eliminate or at least reduce the amount of misdirection that I get from the misdirection that is inherent in psychicness. Because it may be certainly a science, but it is not a deterministic activity because of the nature of the energies involved.

So you will find that maybe you're really psychic, and every time you think of the I'm going to smack you fly exercise, that fly lifts up and flies away right away. Okay? Or you may find that if you do this repeatedly over many days, you find you're more effective at it on some days than other days. That's the usual state with humans. The usual state is that our psychicness is so variable as to call it into question, especially in the Kali Yuga, or especially as coming out of the Kali Yuga, where we've been through that mindfuck of the Kali Yuga, and we're really dense and stuff.

And so to a certain extent, you can easily discount psychicness in humans during that period of time because it is not a replicable activity. You can't do it on demand. Therefore, we can say it doesn't exist, because if you can't demonstrate it, it doesn't exist, which is basically the way our reality operates.

So that being the case, I apply these metrics, so I don't assume any dream I'm ever going to get is psychic, no matter how many dream logs I'm going to create, right? I have to see some evidence before I will say that, all right, I've gotten a psychic impression. Now, I've had such a thing today. When I got up and got in and got moving, everything was off. Everything was just decidedly off.

Ended up leaving the house late. Everything was just decidedly not usual today. And what happens here? Hardly got on the road. My car started giving me some grief.

Drove in most of the way into town. I get the windshield broken, and then later on, I get bumped by this car at this little parking lot area. So it wasn't like it smacked me. It was backing up. It didn't know I was there.

It sort of pushed me and bashed me, and I was able to recover because I have done Aikido for a lot of years. I have a soreness in my back. It's not a big deal, but so what should I have done, right? So I get up in the morning and I've got this psychic impression. Just because of how cruddy I feel, do I react to it and say, no, shouldn't go into town today.

That really would have been the best thing to do. If I had done that, I would not have had the cracked window. I would not have been hit by the car. So should I have reacted? Probably, right?

If the goal was to avoid all of this, probably. But if the goal was to reinforce my ability to understand my psychicness, I needed to understand this to this level by having the window broken, by being hit by that little car, because I knew when I headed out, it was just not going to be a good day.

Anyway. So our psychicness has this temporal component in it, and I've been working with some of these temporal components in relation to remote viewing, all right? And so it's a tricky concept to get across. But the concept is that the aliens may not have to deal with the bullshit, right? Because they have, let's just say, aliens on the moon.

They have not been suffering the Kali Yuga. They don't have the Kazarian mafia. They don't have them trying to mask all of this stuff. By the way, the Kazarian mafia is desperately you not think of yourself as psychic. You wouldn't believe how desperate they are about that.

They're almost as desperate about that as they are about life extension, okay? The Khazarian Mafia desperately wants to live forever or live a lot longer, and they're even willing to take their consciousness being shoved into a machine. They don't understand what that means because they wouldn't have feeling. They wouldn't have sensation. And sensation life without sensation is hell anyway.

So the Kazarians are really stupid and fucked up, but they've caused our society to be really stupid and fucked up. Some space aliens living up on the moon without the Kazarians there fucking with them. They know about our reality. They know about the flash that creates the reality. They know about the time.

They know about temporal ripples. They know about time being carried forward as an energetic expression of the recreation of the reality 22 trillion times a second. They know all of this kind of stuff, right? And so they would be able to think about and have a lot longer discussion or a lot longer research and cogitation about the nature of our reality. And in my opinion, these guys are going to be much more realistic if they think about this stuff in this way at all, but they will be much more realistic about what's going on.

And so they won't have the Khazarian Mafia trying to put them down every time they bring up some little psychic bit of stuff. If we did that, we would have far less of the if we were open about it, then everybody could criticize each other and we could have a formalized protocol that says, oh no, your dream didn't mean anything. It's because you had those nacho cheese burritos and those five plates of spicy wings and those four beers that you had that drink, that dream, and that it's not going to manifest. And then sure enough, when it doesn't manifest, everybody would point out and say, look, you can't trust your dreams after eating spicy wings and nachos.

So we would have that kind of validation, right? Because it would also be able to validate it when you did get the dream, right, when you were getting an effective intuitive information out of reality. Most people don't have protocols. They're going to accept any kind of weird shit that pops into their mind as being legit. This is why I liked Dick Dalguyer and his remote viewing crew, is that they have a formalized rigid structure for the analysis of this.

And note they still get bullshit in there. They still get weird crap showing up, right? Because our minds are complex and they invent shit all the time, can't help it. And so they're just going to shove stuff in there. And because of certain things, you will accept that the shit that your mind shoved in there is accurate and psychic when it's not.

This is why it's all woo. It's not replicable. It's not deterministic science like chemistry. If you put these three chemicals together in this mix, in this particular order, under these atmospheric pressures and this temperature, it's always going to produce this chemical reaction to this degree. And so that's a deterministic science.

The wu sciences are not like that. You can have everything set up that you're aware of, same parameters every fucking way, but the psychicness does not show up this particular time. And it's because there are so many parameters in universe that you don't control and that you're not even taking into account, right? I've been investigating how the Egyptians had thought of the interior of the brain using their little Egyptian eye motif symbol thing, and looking at the history of that and what they're trying to convey. And these guys knew so ancient Egyptian social order from which we get these images 7000 years back.

So back in the previous Silver Age, or maybe as late as the previous Bronze Age, they were aware of this shit, and they knew that psychicness was revolving down to this particular complex in the brain. And they even pinpointed the center of it. They even did stuff to augment it at a physical level. They were trying to turn their psychicness stuff into a technology. Maybe they achieved it before the end of the Bronze Age, I don't know.

The Kali Yuga wipes out all of the records and this kind of shit. Plus we've got the evil Kazarian mafia out there deliberately wiping out all the records because they don't want you to know you're psychic. Now. It's going to be impossible for humans to ignore this shit in the very near future simply because of the fucker better stop. Almost got hit again.

So that's the kind of day it is. At least I made it to my driveway anyway. So there are things you can do to augment the psychicness. There are ways to and I'm exploring this. At some point I'll write something up about the whole thing.

And probably we need to formalize it and figure out what parameters of time are involved and all of this kind of thing. But it is existent Kazarian mafia are fighting desperately. I think they're going to lose that fight. I think we're all going to figure out our psychicness here pretty damn quick and that it'll start showing up in relatively short order. Now they're trying with all of their distractions, their wars and this kind of stuff.

But I bet you it's not until I bet you when we get into the period of hyper novelty. So sometime after April 3, that's where my data suggests that hyper novelty will be visible. It's going to be creeping up on us over the rest of this year and into next year. But by April 3, it'll be visible and we'll be discussing it not just the woo people, but regular people will be discussing what the fuck, what's going on, blah, blah, blah. And so I have to get out and put shit together and haul it in and store it and stuff.

But anyway, so when you wake up in the morning and your whole fucking world is saying no, you don't want to go out and do what you'd have planned, maybe you'd better pay attention. Probably it's going to be worth doing it, not going out and doing this stuff, paying attention to the psychicness. It's probably going to be worth that at least one out of every two times. All righty, guys, I got to go and do stuff.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


YHWH Eh, gods? What’cha Gonna Do? – 04-04-2022

YHWH Eh, gods? What'cha Gonna Do? - 04-04-2022

YHWH Eh, gods? What'cha Gonna Do? - 04-04-2022

Episode Summary:

The document discusses the speaker's perspective on religion, spirituality, and consciousness. The speaker identifies as a schizotypical and sigma male, emphasizing their isolation and lack of affiliation with organized religion. They delve into the relationship between mental illnesses, like schizophrenia, and the emission of pheromones that cause discomfort in others. The speaker also explores their spiritual understanding, living in a "vibratory reality" where consciousness is the core element that brings existence into and out of reality at a rapid frequency. They reference their theory called "Wooble," which explains magnetism in a way unaddressed by quantum mechanics or physicists. The speaker has experienced death three times, providing them with unique insights into life, death, and the afterlife. Each death experience has been consistent, affirming their belief that death is not the end but a transition into a different, fear-free reality. The speaker assures that everyone who dies has a personal experience of heaven and timeless joy, though the reality is more complex than it seems.

#Religion #Spirituality #Consciousness #SigmaMale #Schizotypical #MentalIllness #Pheromones #Isolation #VibratoryReality #WoobleTheory #Magnetism #QuantumMechanics #Physicists #Death #Afterlife #Heaven #Joy #Existence #Reality #Understanding #Insights #Life #Transition #FearFree #Timeless #Complex #PersonalExperience #Unique #CoreElement #Frequency #Void #Meditation #Philosophy #SpiritualUnderstanding #OrganizedReligion

Key Takeaways:
  • Speaker identifies as schizotypical and sigma male.
  • Individuals with mental illnesses may emit discomfort-causing pheromones.
  • Speaker believes in a vibratory reality where consciousness is crucial.
  • Wooble Theory offers a unique explanation for magnetism.
  • Speaker has experienced death three times, providing insights into the afterlife.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

YHWH Eh, gods? What'cha Gonna Do? - 04-04-2022

Do you have a religion? No, I don't have a religion. No. I mean, I'm not okay, so I'm not a joiner. Okay, so sigma males, I'm a schizotypical.

So schizotypicals are isolated, okay? Something people don't know about schizophrenics is that schizophrenics have a tendency to put out pheromones that make people uncomfortable around them. So individuals not of my family could not stand being around my brother because he put out pheromones that basically caused them to freak out. So a lot of mentally ill produce stuff in their sweat that makes us feel bad around them. And if you ever encounter an emotionally disturbed individual in the street and you get close enough to them, you will feel that reason to back off, and it is a pheromone.

And so these issues with schizophrenics are formative in terms of how we relate to people and so on, right? So it was not in the nature of my family to be joiners just because of that. And I am a Sigma male, so I'm not a joiner. So I would not have a religion in the sense of belonging to an organization that way. And I do not count religion, which is the organized discussion and analysis of an understanding, a philosophical or spiritual understanding, as being that spiritual understanding.

So I live in the woo. I've always lived in the woo, right? So in my world, I go by that old and I don't even know where it appears, but that old Christian saying that a man's self is God, okay? So in yourself is God. Now, I have gone to some great examination into examining reality, some great thought into examining reality, and I've come up with a theory that I call the Wooble.

And this Wooble explains magnetism at a way that no physicist in quantum mechanics or anything can explain magnetism. And I can measure the explanation. There's a part of my magnetism theory that has a measurement in it, and I can make that measurement that validates that theory. It proves itself, okay? The underlying core of that theory is that the reality we live in is a vibratory reality.

Like Nikola Tesla says, frequency is everything. Vibration is everything. Well, we are vibrating at 22 trillion times a second. We are vibrating into existence and out of existence 22 trillion times a second. And in between each of those vibrations into existence is a gap that the meditators call the void.

And I'm a deep zazan meditator, and I've come close to touching the void, and I know it exists. And this void is a space where there is nonexistence. It happens so fast, our minds are not aware of it at any conscious level, but they do. They are aware of it. And I will tell you right now that there is one thing and one thing only that causes us to recreate our bodies 22 trillion times a second, to jump the gap of the void, so to speak.

And that one thing is consciousness. So in my understanding of reality, and if you go look at my video called Just Another Wu Cult, I get into these various frequencies. But if you go all the way down to 22 trillion times a second and touch through the gap, you touch consciousness that is there, that exists in permanency. That is what people call God. Okay?

So I know I live in that consciousness. So for me, I have never felt the need for a religion. No. But it's reassuring to have confirmation that God, as we call him, exists. I think that's cool.

Okay, so I've had confirmation in another way, much more striking and brutal, and that is that I've died in this body three times in this life. In this body's life, I have perished three times. Most recently was on Friday the 13th July in 2018, when I perished of colon cancer. They took a colon cancer out of me that was 5 CM. By 5 CM.

By 4 CM, it had blocked my intestine, and I had lost 50 pounds in the course of less than six months, and I perished. And in that perishing, I had the same experience that I'd had the previous two times of dying. And so I've had three times as a trend. And so I know that that's what happens when I die. And so I have confirmation that death is not the end.

Right? And is it better that the world that we go to do after death better? We have to be careful about words. Better. How do you define better?

And so on. It is different. There is no fear. There's plenty of good stuff about it, and it's different. It is simply part of what we're doing.

And so, in my understanding, what happens is that you die. And if you are of a sufficiently deep understanding or accurate understanding, you are presented with the image of the mechanism of reality as it exists. Otherwise you're presented with what may be described as an artificial reality, very much like the artificial reality that we're in now. You would find it very difficult to tell the difference between this material that we're in now and the artificial reality that presents itself after death. For most people, that is the case.

Myself, I've died so many times and have lived so many times that I'm at that point where I'm interacting with it on the mechanistic level. So I do not experience or see what others would necessarily see. It is not a ubiquitous experience for all. And in fact, I can assure you that everyone who dies has a personal experience of heaven and an absolutely perfect existence of timeless joy in heaven. I can assure you that this does indeed exist, but it is far more complicated than that statement would tend to suggest.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Splits happen – 09-27-2023

Splits happen - 09-27-2023

Splits happen - 09-27-2023
Website Note:

I wrote the following to Clif High in September 2023:

'Also on my site I have a section devoted to quote "micronova" and it seems that Ben Davidson and you are both talking about the same thing about what event will happen when the solar system breaks out of the galactic plane. You think that there will be more Galactic emanations from the galactic center. He thinks that the solar system will hit a Charged particle sheet that flows along the surface of the Galaxy called The Parker instability sheet which may or may not cause a reoccurring micronova. I would appreciate your view on his idea about the reoccurring Nova as the solar system passes through the current sheet.'

I believe that this episode is a full and complete answer to my query...

Episode Summary:

The podcast discusses energy changes on Earth, attributing them to external cosmic influences rather than human activity or the sun. The author mentions an increase in energy levels due to Earth's position relative to the Galactic Center, affecting the entire solar system. This energy shift is believed to influence humans, animals, and the environment, causing noticeable changes. The author dismisses climate change narratives and catastrophic predictions as manipulations by powerful groups (referred to as "WEF") to control and instill fear in the population. The author also predicts the collapse of fiat currency, leading to the loss of power by these groups. The document suggests that humanity will gradually become aware of these energy changes and their effects, leading to a significant paradigm shift.

#EnergyChanges #GalacticCenter #CosmicInfluence #Earth #ClimateChange #Manipulation #PowerGroups #WEF #FiatCurrency #Collapse #ParadigmShift #Humanity #Awareness #Environment #SolarSystem #ExternalInfluences #Predictions #Catastrophic #Fear #Control #Population #Narratives #Effects #Life #Position #Increase #Levels #Document #Author #Refute #Recognize #Shift #Currency #Power

Key Takeaways:
  • Earth is experiencing energy changes due to cosmic influences.
  • These changes are not caused by human activity or the sun.
  • Powerful groups have manipulated climate change narratives.
  • The collapse of fiat currency is predicted, leading to a loss of power by these groups.
  • A significant paradigm shift is expected as humanity becomes aware of these energy changes.
Predictions:
  • The fiat currency will collapse, leading to a significant shift in power dynamics globally.
  • Humanity will experience a paradigm shift as awareness of energy changes increases.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Splits happen - 09-27-2023

Hello humans. Hello humans. It's the hang on a second. It's the 27 September, a little after eight. Hidden Inland fetching supplies, a weekly chore, and also checking out what the hell's going on.

New construction and stuff, various different places.

Wow, that's interesting. Weird kind of a device with a ball on the top of it. It's not like a tether ball. I don't know what the hell that is. Anyway, ah, so let's talk about energy for a minute and then get into some other stuff maybe.

So back in maybe it was 1999 when I was doing these data runs, the very first one I did was in like 97, and that formed the base that I carried forward. And then I did another one at the early part of 99. And that was the first time that I had what I might say really woo stuff coming through in the sense that that one really concerned me. Because the data set was very filled with basically saying two new kinds of energy, we're going to hit Earth, and that humans and animals and the planet were going to react to it. And this was the big push then for the climate change story.

So if you go and look mainstream movies, especially science fiction in the late 80s started going towards the mother weffer's climate change. So they took over Hollywood in the they started inserting their narrative into movies and stuff in the 80s in a very serious way. So no matter what movie you produced from like 89 onward, if it was funded by any of these WEF outfits, you always had to have some aspect of climate change in there. And so we were all starting to get subtly and almost subliminally mind programmed by the WEF for their climate change hoax. So you'd see things like, let me what was the name of that movie?

Arrival. Okay, so there was this science fiction movie called Arrival that they made in like 96. They remade it in the 2000s somewhere and totally changed the character of it.

The 96 version was all about Charlie Sheen as an astrophysicist guy, a radio telescope fellow who hears the space aliens and he discovers that there's a space alien plot. And in that plot they're simply going to accelerate our climate warming and kill off all humans because they need a more warm planet. And they're here surreptitiously and we don't know they're here, which would be very easy, by the way. You could land spaceships all the fuck around on Earth and we'd never know about it, right? We regular humans.

Maybe the military would know about it because we've got some hints in the patents and stuff that they're monitoring neutrino releases. Okay? And that's part of what chemtrails are about is chemtrails forms, sort of like a plasma and neutrino identification fog. So just as in a fog, you can use disturbances in the fog itself to figure out where something is there's basically what they're doing with the neutrinos being picked up, as well as the impact of the passage of stuff through the chemtrails. Anyway, so Charlie Sheen has the movie role and it was not like that was the only movie, it's like every fucking Sci-Fi movie started having climate change in it in the 90s, early 90s, all the way through and it just kept getting worse the whole time.

More pronounced as they escalate towards where we are now. Now, the good news is that they've failed. I mean, even Klaus de Schwab, der Schwab, is admitting that the Agenda 2030 is defeated, right? Too many people are rebelling against it. We've also got the who backing off on all of their weird ass bas shit.

I don't think the who is going to survive, or the UN, to be honest. Anyway, so these strange energies from space is how the data had labeled it, right? That's how I characterized it after reading the descriptors that we would get two waves of these things. This was back in the late ninety s and early 2000s. It was supposedly by the time I'd gotten it in the data, the data was suggesting that the waves were there, that they were already arriving.

Now this was concerning to me because I thought, oh, I was being inculcated with the climate change stuff and I thought, oh, maybe this is going to be climate change and it's catastrophic and it's coming from space and all of that, right? Well, turns out that all of this stuff, all these subliminal threads through our social order relating to catastrophic climate change or catastrophe striking Earth are all man made. Okay?

So I like the guy, David Dubine, but he's captured, his mind is captured, right, by the Agenda 2030 business, and he is responding to these subliminal mind rats put out by the WEF to sit around and gnaw on your paradigm, right? And so his mind rats are telling him that we've got a catastrophe coming. Well, the catastrophe part is entirely inserted by the WEF. Now we note that the WEF has governments that they can make do things and so they actually can cause catastrophes using these weapons. But the earthquake in Turkey was not natural, the fires in paradise aren't natural, the fires in Lahaina are not natural, the flood in Libya, the two dams failing was not natural, morocco wasn't natural.

All of these things are attacks by the mother Weffers through the governments, mostly the captured US government and know DARPA subsidiaries and all of that, with all these strange weapons. But anyway, so this is all engineered and there is not a catastrophic cycle that affects the planet. All of these people that are saying, oh, it happens every 12,000 years, or all of this. They have no certain knowledge of any of this, and they're kind of silly. And many of them are very stupid to not consider that they're being played right, that they're being engineered, because we know the WEF is out there trying to engineer all of this.

And so you've got to be a little bit dense to not pick up on the idea that, oh, maybe they're targeting me. Maybe the data and stuff I've been told is not as it has been presented to me and so maybe I should reexamine all of this. Anyway. So these waves of energy, I think, actually have come through and have settled in on us. And I think now from the data that I've got and all the manifestations that have actually happened, what I think was being forecast was the pickup, the rise in energy levels due to our coming up out of the dense mass of the solar system in the galaxy relative to the galactic edge.

And we're getting more emanations from whether we're going up or down relative to galactic central is moot as we are coming out of Kaliyuga. It's always a rising deal and it's a rising deal in energy levels because there's less mass blocking the energy coming to us. And so you can see that if indeed this premise was factual that millions of suns in the middle of the galaxy all throwing out light and other energies is going to have a decidedly different effect on life closer to galactic center than we get out here in the hinterlands. Then you can see that this hang on a second. That this is quite feasible that we would get as we rise up in the obscuring mass of the galactic central equator, so to speak.

We're rising up over the equator of the galaxy. And as we do that, we get more of all of this light and energy from the middle of the galaxy and things change here. And so you could see that there could be cycles, these cycles could be including catastrophe. And you might fixate on the catastrophe part as you go forward thinking that especially if it's being engineered, that you should think that. But it would be easy to make these assumptions and they wouldn't be valid because you wouldn't be aware that there's actually a proximal cause not related to our solar system itself.

That is to say, none of these energies are originating within our solar system. It's not our sun that's causing this. Our sun is like us. It's reacting to this extra energy coming out of galactic center.

So solar flares, that kind of thing can be expected as it reacts as well as Earth and all of the planets, the whole solar system in a general kind of a sense reacting right it. And as this continues, we're likely to experience any number of odd effects from this that wouldn't necessarily have been noticed by us and certainly did not exist in the descending phase. So in other words, in the previous 12,000 years, we've been in a descending loop down going closer to the central mass of the obscuring mass of the galaxy between us and the Galactic Center. And so we were fading, so we were gradually losing energies and this could certainly cause catastrophes, could cause all kinds of effects, but we wouldn't notice it the same way that we would notice an increase in energy and an increase in our own capabilities. And I think over those 12,000 years our minds got denser.

We were born, every succeeding generation was born less aware, less intelligent at some level. And that it's only been since we turned in mid Kaliyuga that we've been increasing. So there's an ascending part of the Kaliyuga. So even though you're in the Kaliyuga for 1200 years in the ascending phase, you're sort of working your way out of it. It's not quite as bad as the previous 1200 years of the Kali.

Yuga. So anyway, it would be predictable, if this premise is accurate, that there would be certain effects that would be occurring over a vast quantity of time. So we're 325 years into a 2400 year dawa para yoga, which is the Bronze Age. And so the 2400 years, so we're at like 20.

So, so basically 2000, let's just say 2000 years in general ahead of us, the rest of this particular age will be affected by these increasing energies. Then I also suspect that by the time we get 2000 years out and we're about ready to go into the Silver Age, we're going to have another bump up because we will be that much higher relative to the Galactic Center and we'll get more of these emanations out of there. So it may well be that we have more serious effects and more changes that occur to us basically 2000 years out than we're experiencing now. And that this is phase one anyway though. So we've got these energy increases, they're affecting everybody, they're affecting the normies, they're affecting existent life.

Okay? So it's not just new generations, it is existing. Life now is being affected because we're all basically antennas and we're just picking up on these new frequencies that are coming on in because our antennas are capable of receiving those frequencies as they hit the planet. So no, I'm not anticipating giant Earth catastrophes. In my opinion, all of that has to be thrown out and you have to start all over on all of this stuff.

And you got to work really hard to eliminate the past 30 plus 40 plus years of the mother. Weppers trying their sneaky subliminal scams. And until you do that, you can't rely on any data nor any conclusions that you're being presented. And if you go and look, many, many of these conclusions that had been put out even in the, even up into the early 90s in the form of books, are all weft directed. So hapgood with the rotation of the poles.

All of these people that had these ideas of giant catastrophes, many of them were actually financed by the WEF and they didn't know it. And also the data that they were looking at is taken without the concept that there is a non solar system cause for all of the stuff that we're seeing as our solar system reacts to this, this makes a big difference. Okay? So if you're assuming that the poles are going to rotate because of some shift for the sun, you'll never really connect to the idea that you're being fed bullshit. That the poles have never rotated.

There's never been a pole flip and that the evidence was deliberately polluted by the WEF in order to get this idea crossed such that they could use this as a psychological lever against humanity as they were doing their attempted takeover, which has now failed. This one doesn't mean that they're not going to try again. So we got to go out, we got to scrub the whole planet and get these mother Weapers and lock them up and remove them. This all got to happen anyway because their source of power is the fiat currency they have the ability to tap into without any work. They just get millions and millions and millions of dollars and they can bribe and do what they want.

As the fiat currency dies, the mother Weffers are going to be left hanging out there without anything to cover them up. And this is what they're very desperately afraid of because they know will come for them and people will probably come and kill them as a result of all the evil that they've actually done anyway.

The energy levels are indeed increasing all different kinds of frequency analysis that shows that we're dealing with different frequencies now than we did ten years ago, 20 years ago, et cetera, and that not only are these new frequencies appearing, but that they are in fact increasing in strength as we go forward in time. There's not a whole lot of discussion in the science journals about these in a meaningful way for lots of different reasons. Academia is not incentivized to even look at these. Those that are looking at them are being directed towards the mother weffer's view that it's all originating from our sun, and our sun's going to go bluey and cause problems for humans and all this kind of stuff, right? All of which suits their agenda and none of which is factual.

The energies are here, and some of the stuff that's showing up in my data says that we're about to come to a realization. I won't say that. Okay, so a realization of an energy threshold. I think that we're actually in that energy now and that the threshold will be a kind of, like, more or less arbitrary thing that forms in the consensus for humanity on the Internet in the sense that we're not going to get any more energy in December. But by some point in December, we will have come to the point where there's a consensus that this energy stuff is happening, or at least we'll become more aware.

The general population becomes more aware of those things that are causing it to change, and that they are aware that there are changes within the body politic, within themselves, and within the general environment and social order at giant levels. Right. So this is not just global warming. It's not just our sun heating up, it's our whole fucking solar system being affected and everything in it, all because of Galactic Center. So there ain't shit you can do about it, right?

So the whole global warming hoax is that humans are causing any of this, right? And so once you understand that, so we could put it back and say, oh, it's not humans, it's the sun. Well, we can even go further and say it's not even the sun, it's fucking Galactic Center. And our position relative to that galactic center around the obscuring of the central mass of the galaxy. And this takes it totally out of the idea that humans are in any way involved in this in terms of like as a causal agent, once again chopping the wealth off at the knees as they try and manipulate us all for their ends.

As I say, the death of the fiat is going to take them out. It's happening now. That is, the fiat currency is dying. Now all of the hyperinflation or all the inflation that's threatening the derivatives, all of these kind of things are putting real pressure. They're not able to take the amount of money out.

The amount of money out that they're taking doesn't have the spending power, it doesn't have the purchasing power, it doesn't keep people bribed. As long we got all kinds of whistleblowers coming out, this is going to seriously accelerate over these next few months as we get into this push towards a period of what will become hyperinflation, it may manifest. So hyperinflation is a psychological thing. You have inflation, but then it becomes hyper because the people become afraid of the inflation and so they want to get the fiat currency out of their hands as soon as it arrives. And so that's the hyper part, right?

So you get paid at the end of the month. You don't spend and pay your bills and go and buy and do stuff over the whole course of the month. You do it all that fucking day, right? The very first day of the next month, you've got all that money spent because you don't want to have it lose 40% of its purchasing value by the time you reach the end of that month for the next paycheck. That doesn't really cover your needs.

So you get into this mental state. So as that hits, we can expect the weft to be totally collapsing. And that's when I think that we'll get some of the dynamic demonstrable release language that's all about murdering the bastards that did all of this, right, that did the COVID that have engineered all of this shit. Once we reach into that point of serious inflation, I think it'll probably hit sometime early next year. There's hints in the data that we're going to have this split occur in December, and that from that split, from that point on, more and more normies come over to the Wu and they just like, abandon the official naradigm, and we get a weird kind of a situation relative to that.

Again, though, I think this is related to the threshold, the energy threshold appearing in people's minds in the early part of December. How this is going to manifest, I don't know. It's just that we've got hints in the data that there is a complex paradigm alteration coming that is going to take us over a couple of months to do. And it's all participating in this hyper novelty that I've got pegged for about April 3. And no, I do not in any way think that Carrie Cassidy and Richard Allen Miller are correct about giant destruction on the planet next March.

Okay? So, no, I don't don't buy into Richard Allen Miller's approach to things and his view of things, and I certainly don't buy into Carrie Cassidy's paranoia and her histrionics. So no, I don't think that those things are valid at all in any event, though, so so I don't believe that those are going to happen. But I do think that we will have hypernovelty by sometime that we'll be able to really look at it and say, okay, hypernovelty is here by about April 3 or so. And that hyper novelty probably is going to include hyperinflation here in the United States.

Now, hyperinflation usually lasts only a few months, usually lasts less than five months, and then you have a total collapse. We're looking at the collapse of confidence in government now. So I live out in a real rural county. I know the sheriff's deputies personally because they've had to come and help me out with stalkers and crap. So I have a different relationship to my local law enforcement than you might in, say, an urban environment.

But if I lived in an urban environment, I would have nothing to do with the police. I would never report any crimes. I would deal with it myself, right? Any criminal activity that took place around me or near me or focused at me would be my responsibility because I would have no faith that government and police inactions would be worth the trouble or would be in my favor. And so that's where we're at now.

There's a breakdown, a loss of confidence in government. This is part of the death of the fiat process, and this will can be expected to accelerate over these next, like, five or six months. Now, it's a tricky situation because of the politics, because of Trump, because of continuity of government, because of all of these things. So it's not as one might think if one were a normie just looking at those things that bubble up into the news, right? So if you look at the news, you're being diluted by the mother weapons.

No question about that.

Now, we've had Trump call out the news, and I expect over the next few months and this may actually okay, because of some things in the data, it may be that part of the threshold crossing occurs next. By the time we get into mid December, we cross this split or this chasm that appears. And I think that what's going to happen, in my opinion, that the data has some suggestion there's going to be a major separation between the normies and what we might think of as corporate news and all of its functions. So this might even include X or Twitter, right? But it for sure will include all the mainstream media guys.

And basically what's going to happen is that there's going to be a situation where it's a slap in your face and apparent in your face kind of lies from the media that won't be able to be ignored, and that that's going to cause this separation between the normies and the media or between normies and officialdom.

I think right now, maybe normies are still thinking that the government functions, that it's there to help them, the police are their friends and are going to put criminals away. All of this kind of thing, all of that is less confident than it was five years ago, ten years ago, 20 years ago, because it's been worn down by the mother Weapers and the Kazarian Mafia takeover that has been happening and is now failing. But nonetheless, there's this residual mental construct that this is the way the world operates, in spite of the fact that it's not operated that way for at least 50 or 60 years, ever since the takeover was launched. Actually, it was launched back in the 50s. Okay, so they've been working at it since 1913, arguably, with the Central Bank.

This was their whole goal, was the Central Bank takeover of the planet. But there's various phases that have been really kicked in, and we are in actually we're in what should have been their last phase in taking us over, and it's all now collapsing. I think that what's going to happen is that sometime through the course of these next few months, we're going to get up to a build up of nondeniable lies out of the media such that we get to that. Point where the data has been saying this for decades. Been saying that we're going to reach a point where we will have video evidence of so we'll have an instance, at least one, but it's going to be multiple.

Attacks on the street on mainstream media to the point where mainstream media won't be able to go out on the street and do their reports. They'll have to fake even that. They'll have to have fake streets and they'll have to import people to talk to and that kind of thing because they'll be so afraid. And what will happen is that there's going to be an incident where a woman reporter and data was quite clear. It won't be only her, and I'm not even sure that she'll be the first in this series of events, but a woman reporter is going to get smashed in the face by a guy in the process of doing her report live from some kind of an event.

So it would be like if they went and covered the Philadelphia riots and one of the rioters came on up and said, why you motherfuckers, and then just smashes her in the face, busts her nose. It's all caught on camera. There will be nothing will happen to the person that does this to the reporter. And it's going to be part of a whole series of attacks, like actual assault and sometimes just verbal abuse, sometimes dumping drinks on their heads or throwing food at them or mud or shit, or who knows, right? But it's going to go on for a number of months, and it will result in the media withdrawing to the point where you just don't see them doing this, and then they'll be doing seriously fake news.

And I think it's going to be something like that that's going to set up this situation for this split such that the data describes it in a way that I'm interpreting it as the normies move over to the Wu people, right? All of a sudden, Jean Claude's TV channel takes off and he gets millions of viewers. This beyond mystic stuff, but all of the Woo people really benefit as the normie masses shift over and there's going to be thrashing and crashing as they decide who they're going to listen to and this sort of thing. But that the process, while continuing for months is going to be visible to us sometime in December with this split, with this shift over of the dynamics over to the Wu people here, they're going to be real interesting. It's part of this developing movement into hyper novelty.

And I think hypernovelty for me is going to just like mark the beginning of Sci-Fi world. Anyway, I'm here now. I got to do a little bit of driving business here and start doing my chores. But we'll get into some other stuff later on. But anyway, the energy stuff I'm finding to be quite fascinating.

I think that indeed we've got these forecast changes appearing now at a level that's going to be quite visible in December. Okay, guys, I've got to get to it here. You and I'll talk to.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich – 09-20-2023

Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich - 09-20-2023

Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich - 09-20-2023

Episode Summary:

Cliff High, a multifaceted individual, shares his journey from a military background to technology and software development. Born to a high-ranking US military officer, Cliff's early life was filled with unique experiences, including interactions with the CIA. He ventured into technology during the era of the gold standard's removal from the US dollar and the rise of the petrodollar. Cliff's technological endeavors spanned from satellite uplinking to software engineering. He developed a software that predicted future events by analyzing internet language patterns. This software foresaw the 9/11 attacks, drawing attention from intelligence agencies. Cliff's worldview is shaped by his experiences with psychedelics, which he used as a form of medicine. He believes in a consciousness-driven universe, challenging the mainstream academic perspective.

#CliffHigh #Military #Technology #Software #Predictions #9/11 #Psychedelics #Consciousness #Universe #Academia #LanguagePatterns #IntelligenceAgencies #Worldview #GoldStandard #Petrodollar #Satellite #Engineering #FutureEvents #Mainstream #Challenges #Experiences #Medicine #Journey #Insights #Beliefs #Reality #Materium #Novelty #Ontological #MentalHealth #Brother #Death #Life #Existence #Understanding

Key Takeaways:
  • Cliff High's diverse background spans from military experiences to technology.
  • He developed a unique software that predicted significant events by analyzing internet language patterns.
  • Cliff's software foresaw the 9/11 attacks, drawing attention from intelligence agencies.
  • His worldview is significantly influenced by his experiences with psychedelics.
  • Cliff believes in a consciousness-driven universe, challenging the mainstream academic perspective.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich - 09-20-2023

Hello, friends. Today we're going to have the unusual opportunity to be able to talk to Cliff High. I've seen Cliff's interviews with people like and his presentations, really, but with people like my friend Dr. Lee Merritt, and he can talk about almost anything. And I find it always fascinating what he has to tell.

A few of the things which we may touch upon depending on whether we feel like it or not are the Chinese Cultural Revolution because I just watched that interview, which included Lee Merritt, Dr. Lee Merritt, aliens. And, of course is this really a very crucial point in time right now? September, October, and maybe the coming months? I think it is.

And let's see what Cliff has to say. Cliff, what is your background? Because there's hardly anything you can find on the Internet on you not even framing some of that's deliberate. But my background is I was a military brat, so I was in the US. Military as unwilling participant until I was 17 years old.

My father was in a very high echelon in the US. Military, so I got to visit some unusual places under unusual circumstances. He did three tours in Vietnam. Through that, I have some association with CIA and some of their nefarious stuff. And then I was not suited for a collegiate career, so I abandoned that and got married at a young age and went to work.

And I started doing things as I could and eventually moved into technology because when I came of age, it was the removal of the gold standard from the US. Dollar, the creation of the petrodollar, that wave of inflation, and also the degradation that accompanied that offshoring, all of the production and all this kind of stuff. So there was less jobs, so on and so on. But then ultimately the emergence of tech, and I started getting into that at various different levels. I used to do satellite uplink, run a satellite uplink station for At T back in the day.

So I've done all kinds of things relative to technology at many, many different levels, including a lot of programming and software engineering and software debugging and hardware debugging for various different corporations, invention groups, governments. I've taught places like La Luna in Mexico City, largest university around, taught tech there, SQL Server, that sort of thing, networking. And I've got a bunch of patents in various different kinds of software, invented some. Mostly I think the patent office is corrupt, and I don't bother myself with that anymore. And it's like I've done a lot guy.

I mean, I used to work in the woods. I've worked for state government, a subcontractor. I got bored easily, so I could never be an employee. And also I would usually get irritated with stupidity, and someone would fire me. So of all of the many jobs I've had, I've been fired more times than I've actually quit.

But most of the time you must have been self employed then. Yes, correct. Mostly, I'm self employed. Yes. Like I say, I've got patents and I got into bitcoin.

So I saw bitcoin, all right? So I invented this process way back in the day with computers that I thought was very interesting. And then I discovered something I was trying to back in the day in the came up with this idea that humans leaked out present information from the future. Now, I do not in any way ascribe to the idea that there's a timeline ahead of us that's fixed that in any way, shape or form, or different timelines. That is a bogus view of the future.

The future exists right out in front of us. It's just this huge maelstrom of just stuff spewing. Out of that potentiality we get probability, and out of probability we get actuality. Okay? So it is indeterminate until the point of actuality.

However, my software, my idea was to figure out what people were talking about relative to commercial products by scraping the internet really quickly and running it through a big analysis, and therefore see what people's interests were in companies and get there ahead of them and buy that stock ahead of them buying it, right? So it was just a money making scheme very first time I ran it, which was in. So I got the idea in 1993 going to La uni. It'd been in the back of my mind since the early eighty s, and it just because I'd been working with artificial intelligence and early object oriented programming, all these various different languages and stuff. Anyway, I get on the airplane to go to La UNAM to teach this course.

It's in the middle of the night, I'm flying 747 from Seattle down, and the plane gets hit by lightning. Now, here was something that I got hit twice, and I'm thinking about things as I'm usually doing. I'm sitting there and before we get struck by lightning the first time, all the hair on my body stands up and I became very energized and aware of it. And then the lightning strike. So of course we understand lightning doesn't come down and strike, right?

A static charge builds up and then the lightning jumps off of things. Grasp that. So I was in there and my body caught the static charge of that lightning strike going off. And then I noticed the conversations around me, people, for that next couple of minutes, they were speaking in an odd sort of a way. They were leaking a prescient view of that lightning strike, the next one, and it indeed happened like three minutes later.

And so the idea sort of struck me that people it was confirmed rather at that point, because I'd had the idea for some period of time that we are psychic beings and that as such, we leak out our prescient impressions in our choice of language unknown to ourselves. In the main, right, we're not aware we're doing this. We're not aware that we've got nine choices of a noun for this particular kind of an object, and which one we choose is an emotional reaction on our part. But we're not sure what's driving that emotion. And frequently it's something in the future that's going to manifest.

And that's why we choose that word over some other word to describe the exact same thing. Makes sense. It does make sense. Okay, so I was going to patent this, and I ran into some big difficulties, so I said, screw it, and I just started doing it. And so from 93 until 97, I wrote the software that was necessary to do this.

Bear in mind we're talking old 256 machines, right? Finally got myself a server in 97, and I did a run, and that is I scraped as much as the internet as I possibly could, bearing in mind that only about 3% of the internet at any given time is actually indexed in google. There's vast quantities of stuff you just don't see. In any event, though, so I scrape all this and I started getting information. It took me a couple of years to work it out, but I got a view coming up of the attack on 911, and it was difficult because I didn't have all the language defined, so I was working ABC.

It was methodical, right? Just defining all the language going forward, applying all these metrics to all the words so that I could catch them and analyze them. I just hadn't gotten to terrorism, right? So I was still down into military, but I had accident and military, and so accident and military were combined by my software, which was using, admittedly, an artificial intelligence kind of an approach for a large language model analyses way back in the day that you could have done on those servers. The limitation was the hardware.

In any event, though, not to be drilling into it too much, I got a prescient view of the 911 attack and I got it and I posted it, I think it was like June twelveTH of that year. So a number of months before it actually popped up. And it was just a little 45 or 50 word blurb. And then of course, we get the 911 attack, and it's like, uhoh, I'm sitting on something here, right? And from then on, things started changing, and I just started getting more and more into that, and less and less doing consulting and doing these other things.

Extremely interesting. It sounds a little bit like, but not confined to economics, a little bit of the computer program that martin armstrong. Armstrong, yep. Yep. What's, he not goliath socrates.

He called his socrates, right? I called mine a pain in the ass, because it was not a single program, right? I had chunks of code in lisp, I had chunks of code in prologue. I was running lots of it in perl, a lot of it in C code because it was sort of being invented as I was going along. I didn't organize it when I first set out because, well, I organized it to be a money making scheme.

And then the first time I ran it, it blew that right out of the water, and I said, oh, well, screw that. I don't have to worry about that. This is really fascinating. And what was it you're saying? It was just a little blurb.

You wrote what was it? How precise? I wrote a little thing saying that within 85 days, and I thought it would happen closer to June than to the end. The reason that that happened was because I had the sign, the positive or negative sign on my values reversed. I'm dyslexic.

So I just had them swapped because the data said it should go towards this particular value. But I had that value being closer to June twelveTH than 911, right? So if I'd had it reversed, it would have pegged it for 911. But it was about 35 words that said there was going to be a military accident that was going to alter the world. It would involve attacks on the US.

In at least two spots, and that these attacks would be from the air, would involve loss of life, and would precipitate law, which was the Patriot Act, of course, which they'd already had 29,000 pages or whatever the hell it is, cranked out waiting for this episode. Right? And so from that point on, things started getting really weird for me. It brought in the attention of the CIA and the FBI and this kind of thing, so it got really goofy. Well, so here's a couple of similarities.

I don't want to sound arrogant, but I enlisted with the German Army. I enlisted for twelve years. After a year, I realized I can't work with these idiots because my father kind of persuaded me it's a safe job, and you can go to law school, which wasn't true. They don't teach law there, but you can go to school, and they're going to pay for it. So it's the safety thing that prompted me to do it.

But after about a year, I realized, no way. Most of these people are complete idiots. Some of them are leftovers this is in the late 1970s. Some of them are leftovers from the Third Reich. Later I worked at the university and several universities, and then I became a banker for Deutsche Bank in Tokyo.

A banker, not a lawyer. And again I realized I can't work for idiots. So without trying to be arrogant, it makes no sense to work for other people, I don't think. At least for some of us it doesn't. But from what you're telling us, you would be the perfect example of what they used to call the polymath, because you go way beyond the Internet, and it business.

You must have had an almost insatiable appetite to take a closer look at all the things that didn't really make sense to you. That's true. Okay, so also I was in Germany in the 60s. My father's position put me into a diplomatic cadre. So I went to school with British diplomat kids, Italian diplomat kids.

So in terms of a polymath, I was also polilingual, learning Russian, this kind of thing, as well as German, Italian, French at all. So that's quite true. There's another component there and that is that my younger brother was a full on schizophrenic, totally non functional, right? And so I am a schizotypical in that regard. But this is atypical because usually it's the elder brother that becomes the schizophrenic, not the younger.

Right? Usually it's the younger that survives as the schizotypical. Again, not usually the case. So we were atypical in that regard.

It is quite factual. It's factual to say that I believe that I suffered schizophrenia to a great degree even greater than what killed my brother. Okay? The difference is that at a very young age I was sort of warned by a shaman in the Tinglet area in Alaska when we were up there when I was like five or six years old. And so I sort of paid attention to him when I then became very dysfunctional in my teens.

And so I sought the remedy he suggested, which was death will cure me. So I sought through psychedelics to kill myself. And so it was to kill myself or cure myself. Well, I actually did end up dying from a bad drugs that I purchased once. So that kind of worked, right?

And so so I died at age 16 and in that death experience I realized what was going on. And then when I came back from that death experience, I was thrown back quite abruptly. It was very harsh. And so I came back and I thought about things very deeply for a long time while continuing psychedelic medicine, not adventuring, not recreation, but medicine for me because I could take psychedelics and not the synthetics, it doesn't work with like LSD or ecstasy or any of those, right? For me it was mescaline and psilocybin and it truly was a medicine.

But it's an interesting medicine because you take the medicine, then you might have an integration process that goes for two or three or four months from having had that episode. Now I was taking shamanic levels, okay? So I experienced voyaging to places like Joe Rogan would tell you that he went to On DMT, but because I was doing it with mescaline, which is my favorite. And you'll note that that is one of the drugs that no one allows to have anywhere around on this planet, right? They don't even want you messing with that for medical reasons.

They'll let you have heroin, fentanyl, any damn thing you want that'll kill you, but they don't want you to have mescaline. But anyway and after that, it was psilocybin, but I would go for twelve and 15 hours journeys where Joe Rogan would go there for ten minutes. And so that shaped my worldview from that point on, from, say, age 16, because at that point, I died. It was actually the second time I had died, okay? So I died once when I was, like nine and a half from drowning.

And again, something the shaman had told me from the tribal experience in Alaska. He said that the fourth time would be the one. So I've died three times, so I can't afford to screw around anymore. Anyway, so I died from drowning. Then I died from the bad drugs, and then many years later, I died from the colon cancer.

But in all three experiences, the death experience was the same. So I knew that I was onto something. And the first time it happened with the kid, and when I was that young, it didn't really gel in my mind what was going on. Right. The second time, though, after the drugs, it was like, okay, what I've been told and everything I can find to read about reality is wrong, that things are not as I am experiencing them, and I'm already messed up enough in my mind.

I'm going to go with me. I'm going to just say, no, it's not me. And until I prove otherwise, it's all you guys. All you guys are wrong. So let's see what's going on here.

And so I started getting into the woo of it all, the esoteric, the very fringe stuff, right? And so I have a worldview that is unlike probably most people, and certainly is unlike all people that have come out of academia at any level, because academia is formed by the Khazarian mafia, all right? Academia supports the plagiarist Einstein, and that worldview, okay? That worldview says that if you take enough grit and you mash that grit together enough, and you get a big pile of that grit together, at some point that grit will become conscious, and thus consciousness arises. Okay?

That is false, all right? That is not the way that reality works. I've been dead three times, and each time I understand, you get a bigger view of reality. So when I die, I understand that grit does not exist. So my reality is this, that the only thing that exists is consciousness with the big C, okay?

And one day, consciousness decided that it was bored, it knew everything and was everything. And so suddenly something happened to consciousness, and an idea struck it. This idea was ontological in and of itself in the sense that the idea was novelty. The idea of novelty was novel to consciousness. Consciousness got sort of a kick out of it.

And so consciousness wanted to pursue novelty, and that's why we all exist, okay? Because what consciousness did was to shove aside some of itself and create the material. And that's where we are where our asses are matter and can sit on something, right? And then it took little bits of itself and enclosed them in matter and shoved them down into this experimental place that we all exist, that I call the materium, because everything in here is matter based. Yeah.

Okay. So we exist as consciousness. No amount of accumulation or squeezing of grit will ever induce it to become conscious. Therefore, that paradigm is 100% wrong, and it leads to wrong think in any number of directions that you may and perhaps all directions that you may care to pursue. Right?

And so since that dawned on me back then, I've been diligently pursuing correct think as opposed to the wrong think that is based on the idea that grit uberales right? And it's not. This must have struck a nerve with many people. It struck a nerve with me. And by the way, I just have to tell you this when you told the story about your brother my brother is manic depressive.

He's five years younger than I am, and he's been treated with all kinds of drugs. Took himself off the drugs. He's still alive, but he was never really functioning. Like I said, he's five years younger. Weird.

Very weird that I survived this. But I was lucky. Or in a way, I was lucky. I was the center of attention because I was the first child, both from my mother's side of the family, my father's side of the family.

And I always blamed myself that maybe I got too much attention and my brother didn't, and there's a sister in between, but I don't know. I don't know how to figure it out. I just felt that I have to tell you this now that you told us the story about your brother. So he passed away? Yeah, he died many years back.

The schizophrenia has a terrible toll, right? Terrible, terrible toll on all aspects of him. Because, of course, he tried, as I did, to self correct, but he could not take the route I did. For whatever reason, I was determined to kill myself. So I was very strong in my resolve.

Right? It wasn't that I was seeking a cure, because it was like, well, maybe there's one out there. I mean, the shaman had said that if I did this sort of thing, I would survive until the fourth time death came for me. And so I thought, okay, well, what the hell, and I'm certainly not making any progress as it was at that time. Mescaline and Psilocybin were very good teachers.

I think they're very powerful. They're not for everyone. And the way they worked for me was the shamanic level of doses, right, where you actually have to have someone watching you while you're on the trip because you're gone. Now, that was interesting for me, too, because it informed my reality in terms of the flat earth, the reptilians from David Icke, et cetera. Et cetera, right?

So I don't know if it was because of a schizophrenic mind or because of some other quirk of my physiology, but I could go to this place I called Hyperspace and be there for some period of time where others were zipping in and out. And even when they were there, some people would come and trip with me. Right? We'd take masculine and groups and so on, and you would actually have sort of a telepathic link up, but you'd end up going to hyperspace together, and they were never able to stay there for much more than a few seconds. And I could be there for hours or what at least seemed like hours, right?

And for people around me, it would seem like hours as well. And so in that experience of dealing with hyperspace, the very first time I went there, I encountered pure evil, okay? And it was evil that wasn't arrogant, it was evil that was indifferent. And there is no evil more evil than evil that is indifferent, because I encountered something that well, I didn't know what to expect. In any case, I wasn't really looking for anything, but I popped into an area, and it was only later and subsequent trips that I realized that this area was unusual, that this area was under control, because I popped into somebody's hyperspace lab, okay?

They had taken hyperspace that if you go to Joe Rogan, he'll tell you that every molecule in hyperspace is active and talking to you continuously while you're there doing stuff. It's energetic, it's intelligent and so on. So it is the most busy place you can imagine.

How did you know it was evil? Oh, because of the feeling. Well, I'll tell you what happened was I popped into an area that was not like that. So my first experience of hyperspace was it was relatively calm and it was empty, except for this very it was an empty lab. I recognized it as a lab, okay?

Even though there's no walls, there's no ceiling or anything like that. But there was this one being that was there that looked very much like a smoothed out form of an insect sort of manted, like having multiple rear legs that allowed it to stick up, and having four sets of arms to manipulate, right? And this was its physical presentation in hyperspace. At that time, I didn't realize I was merely a sphere. I had yet to learn to grow my body in hyperspace, right?

So I was just simply consciousness. And every consciousness that pops into hyperspace initially is simply spherical, because that's the most efficient form to take. Anyway, this being was doing things, and it was irritated at me, and it made a movement with one of its arms and literally blew me out of there like a fly knocking a fly out of the room. And I was suddenly out into real hyperspace with all of the chaos and all the beings and all of this sort of thing. And I sort of turned around and looked and I could see the barrier that this bug had erected.

And then I popped back to my body here and then in the process there somewhere I got an attitude and I thought, Damn bug. And so I went back and deliberately popped into his place again, and it shocked him. And then we had contention as it tried to get rid of me, and I resisted. And so that's when I discovered I had power in hyperspace, that my mind had the ability to influence events that might occur beyond simply my body. I still had yet to realize I didn't have a body.

I was simply a sphere. So the bug was just batting at me as a sphere that whole time anyway. So at some point, it gave up and just let me be there. And at some point beyond that, I got bored and went on out and explored the rest of hyperspace. And then I met some really cool beings that were also at war with the bug.

And as to the evil part of it, it told me it was evil by the way it stood there vibrating. And it was totally indifferent. So it wasn't like it hated me or anything like that. I was as insignificant to it as a mosquito is to me. But it had evil intent to everything.

That was not it. I learned a great deal about the bugs. So I learned that the bugs are most effective and most energetic and evil when they're young, okay? Because they just come out of chrysalis and they have all their mind and everything right there. As they age, they lose a lot of their abilities as we do.

They cannot learn over time. The guy was they are desperate to do so, but their species does not do that because learning is done in pupi, not as an existent being. That amount of learning they have is just so small and they resent it from the rest of us. And so that's one of the reasons that I thought of it as evil, is because it does not like beings that can learn in real time. So the indifference that you encounter is that sort of like when you watch some of these movies where there's a crime scene and the perpetrator, the evil killer just walks off the scene and doesn't even look at the victims.

But just in case he didn't kill them all, he fires off another round of bullets and then just walks off without even looking at the victims. Is that the kind of indifference? Worse than that. Much worse than that. Okay, so at least in those sorts of scenes, that guy would acknowledge that there were victims.

Yeah. Okay. In this case, no. The bug thinks it's over everything. The bug actually creates reptilians as a tool.

So the bug uses what we might think of as organic life forms, as robots in the way that we use mechanistic forms. It prefers to do as little work as possible. But there's also the issue of the way in which the bug is organized and its social order is organized. The ruling bugs are born, and then they age up a certain point doing things and then the very next generation comes in and is their boss. Right.

There's an experience gap. But this new group has a lot of the experience that they've had that's been inculcated into them in the growing process of becoming a bug. So it's just this weird interpersonal relationship because at some point I came back. So I did maybe five, six years of mescaline. And at some point I came back and the lab had a new boss.

And the old bug that I had met was still there. But there was this young, very nasty bug that was there that tried the same I'm going to kick you out. But I realized that you can throw in hyperspace. You can throw up a mind barrier and they can't make you do anything. They can't physically affect you.

It irritated them, and they collapsed the lab at that one point and just took it away. And so I don't know if they relocated it or what. And I never sought it after. Okay. Before, I would like to ask you about the Khazarian Mafia, which you just mentioned.

But Dogma wants to ask a question. Go ahead. Hi, Cliff.

I was initiated in 76 by Enlightened Master who tried to convey to us to me that only consciousness is real. And on this inside, I'm still working. It's difficult with all this grit around yes. To really understand it. But I really don't understand what you mean by bark and by hyperspace.

What do you mean? And another question is another question. Do you know came across the name of Pimfan Loma?

He was a heart surgeon from Holland, born 43. And he started when this whole near death experiences surfaced in the he became interested and asked his patients who had these death experiences and came back. He asked them whether they had these kind of experiences. And he got really into this whole topic as a normal medical doctor. It was quite exceptional.

And because he says it would blow the whole medicine understanding if one allows that. And he noticed that about 30% of his patients who had this complete knockout they reported kind of near death experiences with light and all this stuff.

And then he started giving worldwide lectures about and he also says that he thinks also he says, I'm not spiritual, but it looks that the consciousness is not in us, but we are in the consciousness. Let him answer the first question first. What about the bugs? All right, so we'll do that. Let's not forget the other, though.

Okay, so the bugs look like bugs, all right? And they. Have a lifestyle that is like bugs and their structure, their societies are organized like bugs. So they are bug like in that regard. They are projecting bodies in hyperspace that are chitinous, that have bug like joints.

Now, this can be an illusion, okay, in hyperspace. All right? So let me back up our material. I'm going to draw this as though this was a factual understanding of this, okay? So this is just to give you the idea, but our materium is cut out of consciousness and created.

And we could say that our materium has this like a border or a wall all the way around it. And we would think of this as our physical universe, okay? So in my opinion, our physical universe is bounded and this forms the material by a barrier that is created by consciousness. That barrier is hyperspace, okay? So that barrier is another form of consciousness.

It is closer to ultimate big consciousness out here on the other side of materium. And it is not as though our consciousness here enclosed in matter. When you go towards to leave the material, it'd be like you would go into a spongy wall and so you would leave. And all this area in here is hyperspace. This is weird because it has no dimensions, right?

It's not a particular length or width or has no location or anything like that. It has nothing that would define it within the material itself because it is the boundary walls of the material. When we go there, it's just another form of consciousness, a thicker, denser form of consciousness. In that denser form of consciousness, our consciousness is quite happy, right, because it's the same stuff. Consciousness is consciousness, so it can move freely.

Our consciousness retains its discrete orientation when in hyperspace and is in within its own self control. I don't know that either of those conditions exist on the other side of this wall, okay? Because that's the other side is where we would consider death. All right? Now, when I died, I went to hyperspace.

Not the same way that you do when you take psychedelics though, right? So in my death experience, all right, let's not go there yet, okay? So hyperspace allows for anybody's consciousness, for however you want to get there, to get to that spot. So I knew when I was there that there were other beings that were taking psychedelic drugs or the functional equivalent on their planets. These were beings from other planets, other places that were also there in consciousness.

With me, there are creatures or mechanisms that only exist in hyperspace. These are the little elves that Terrence McKenna encounters, the little mechanistic, little kind of activity kind of things, right? And I've had those. So I went to hyperspace. Before my brother died, I used a particular kind of a technique.

It was a shamanic technique, but not shamanic levels. It was what we might think of as like micro dosing. Okay? But you use a special technique for ingesting it as well as for the preparatory in terms of, like, meditation. Okay?

And I wanted to know what my brother was going to be facing when he died. And so I went to hyperspace. Then I went to the edge of the hyperspace, intent on going out here as I'm going into that wall in hyperspace to look through, to see what my brother is going to be facing. I encountered these little machine elves, a whole little rack of them. You never see one.

They're just always in groups. And they were on this rickety old shelf that was just sitting out there in nowhere. One of them hops down and walks on over to me and says, don't go there, don't go there, don't go there. And so in hyperspace, I shocked myself because my true personality comes out. And so I was very arrogant and I said, you can't tell me anything, little man.

And I did the gesture and blew him back up onto his shelf with my mind. Boom, he goes back up on his shelf. And then I went out there. Now that little bastard was right. I should not have done this, but I learned what I needed to do right when I needed to, but it wasn't a pleasant experience and it'll marmy the rest of my days.

So hyperspace is not physical. It doesn't have a physical location, but it does, in my opinion, have a reality and a location, even if that location can't be defined in terms of up, down, right or left kind of things, right, in terms of those kinds of coordinates. The bug is extra hyperspace. So the bug is not one of those beings that exists there, but it has a tendency to think that it owns the place because it is so powerful, it can do stuff there. And the bug as a race is perhaps the oldest thing around.

Okay? The other beings I encountered in hyperspace that were willing to and able to speak with me, a lot of them are like, not able to speak, they would want to, but they're all zapped out on psychedelics in their own realm and not able to communicate. There's only very few beings you can encounter that can sit you down and instruct you on what's going on. And I met some of these fortunately or guided by divine wisdom or whatever the hell, and they taught me how to deal with things. In hyperspace, one of the first things they teach you is to how to express a body.

And so it's very much like a cartoon. You just sort of like blow out a body that would look like human. Most of us in hyperspace that have that ability and do that are bilaterally symmetrical hominids. So that appears to be a template here in the material. And so we'll probably encounter hominids all over the universe, our material universe here there are many that were not and many that chose not to show themselves for whatever reason, that were far more paranoid than I.

And I could go on for hours about those journeys. But I don't know that much of it is really pertinent to most people because they won't go there and they should not. Okay, let's take two steps back into the three dimensional world that most of us understand better than hyperspace. You mentioned the Kazarians. This is an important question or topic, rather, because most of us this is true for me, at least over the last three years.

I was not really aware of what was really going on before this pandemic. This is what brought things into perspective and prompted me to ask questions and dig deeper and deeper. But most of us are now trying to figure out who is it? Who is responsible? Is it the bilderbergers?

Is it the freemasons? Who is it? Can we only see the puppets? What about the Khazarian mafia, then? Okay, so you're correct.

We can only see the puppets. So if you see them, they're not in charge, right? So Bill Gates isn't in charge. Klaus Schwab, none of these guys. Okay, so here's my understanding of it.

This relates to the space alien invasion, all right? So thousands of years ago, space aliens came to Earth. They declared themselves to be our gods. They did this in India, they did this in Greece, they did this in Japan, they did this in the Middle East, everywhere, mesoamerica. And they were very brutal.

And they demanded that we kill a lot of our own people so that they could get high sniffing the burned adrenal gland complex, okay? Because they get high on oxidized adrenaline, massively. So. And these guys are warped mentally, all right? So they did experiments.

Their experiments are on genetic experiments. Their experiments on the base level of population that they discovered here are on the same order as our experiments. We cannot insert a gene there's no such thing as gene editing where we're inserting a gene into a chromosome, nor are we inserting chromosomes into any other being. We do not have that capability. The Kazarian mafia lies about that continuously.

They want the general public to think that we can do those things, and we cannot. We have this device called CRISPR. And it's called CRISPR because it burns out genes and chromosomes, not because it puts any in. So our only ability to alter things is by extracting, by destroying DNA at some level. So that needs to be borne in mind, okay?

Because that's what happened to us. So all primates have 24 chromosomes, 24 pairs of chromosomes, except humans. We have 23. The nub that we have a nub. So if you get in here and you look at our chromosomic descriptor, it'll show that between you have this one branch, that's number one.

Then you have number two. And then on all other primates, it goes on to number three. What we have is that we have this we have this kind of a situation where there's a burn mark right there, and our number three is now our number two. And so we only have 23 pairs of chromosomes, so we're genetically modified, okay? So there's no other beings on this planet that have positive genetic modifications in the sense of insertion of genes.

That may have happened in the far, far distant past, but everybody that's come here and mucked about since has done so by extracting stuff, not by putting it in. Okay? So now the space aliens come down and they're intent on modifying us for their own purposes, whatever those may be. And so they set about modifying various different populations. Not all populations of humans could be modified as well as others.

And so some populations were favored, okay? And so in our map of our reality here, the space aliens had huge bases in Mesoamerica. They were kind of centered, equatorially, right? But there was a big area up in here because they had taken over India and spread out into China and up into the various regions of central Eurasia. In that area, they took over a population that later on became the Khazarians, okay?

The centralized area here between northern India and between Europe was the Khazarian Empire. That group was taken over by the same group of space aliens that later on went down and took over the people of South Yemen and they marched them up the Red Sea to take residence in Judea. And these were the people of the Bible, okay? These were Moses and Adam and Eve and all of that. These were all GMO people, right?

They took over these twelve tribes down here after they abandoned the Kazarians. There was some little bit of success with the Kazarians, and then something happened. Now I'm putting the space aliens abandoning the Khazarians to a war that was going on between the space aliens groups. Various different groups of the space aliens. Whoever had taken over the Khazarians were defeated by the space aliens that had taken over India.

The larger mass of them. And this group that had been dealing with the Khazarians abandoned the Khazarians. That's a key element here, okay? They abandoned them after creating some level of genetic modification. Now the Khazarians themselves, at their core, will claim that they're the only group on the planet that have an additional gene, that it actually is the first time of a gene insertion.

That's why that's their claim to fame, right? What I actually think happened was that the space aliens adapted Homo capensis, the cone heads, and they did a genetic modification on them. And that's what produced the Kazarians, okay? And the inner Kazarian Mafia. So Rothschild, the Rothschild family is a conehead remnant anyway, so we keep going with this.

The Kazarians are of the opinion that they're genetically modified in a way that's different than all the other humans. And in fact, there's some reason to suspect that they have an additional little tiny bit of DNA here that I call the dongle that was not really effectively scrubbed. So when the gene was edited or the chromosome was edited, a little tiny bit remains. And they think that makes them special somehow. In any event.

So the people that took them over, left them, abandoned them up here and took these other people over down here and created all of our Bible history. And you read about it as the El. As the elohim. As the actual space aliens. If you go read Naked Bible morrow Biglino it's there in plain sight.

Anyway, the Khazarians got really pissed. They were upset. They have this huge angst over being abandoned by the El. The Elohim who then go on and do their genetic modifications, create Adam eve and know really cooking along, right? Go along to create Jesus and so on.

Those are the same space aliens as had created the Khazarians. Later on, the Khazarians discovered that their space aliens had done this and were now located down here in Judea. So about depending on history, anywhere from 500 to 1000 years pass. And the Khazarians get into a pickle with their neighbors, the Russians and the Europeans and the Turks, because the Khazarians, like the El, the people that had taken over them, have this habit of going out and stealing children, cutting them open and smoking out the adrenaline, right? They're adrenochromatics.

And so the Khazarians align themselves with the Judeans and create the Jews, okay? There's no word for Jew in the Bible. It doesn't show up. It's a modern insertion. And so this is a more accurate history.

If you go read, as I say, the Naked Bible morrow the Glino, and look at some of his works and so on, absolute word for word translation. So there's nothing hidden, right? So if you go to modern translation, it says God every time the word l pops up or Elohim. And they never say gods, right?

It's a con job in that sense. So now the Khazarians, now claiming to be Jews and making the Judeans also into Jews, set off on all of the history that we've all lived through. So now here's the thing about the Khazarians, okay? So the Khazarians are the ashkenazi. Okay.

But the Ashkenazi, they don't have a clue as to what's going on with the Khazarians. The ashkenazi are normies. Okay. They're as deluded as any other normie, okay? They believe the history they've been told, which is obscured, and they believe that they were chosen.

They believe all of this stuff. Most of them don't read Hebrew. So mostly Jews don't read the Bible in Hebrew, and mostly they just rely on the word from the rabbis as to what it actually says. So it's kind of like with the Bible. Same story as with the Bible.

Exactly. It's bogus. All the way through, right? And so I like knowing what's going on. Basically because of the paranoid schizophrenia.

There's something about that, right? Most people don't understand this schizophrenics and other people that suffer very acute mental illnesses, they don't necessarily hallucinate, but they don't have a for sure indicator that what's appearing in front of them is solid and material, right? So it's not necessarily a hallucination for them to say, are you real? There's some indication here a fog or something, right. That makes me think that there's some fuzziness here, right?

And once you go to hyperspace and you understand that we're all in consciousness and we're all encapsulated little bits of consciousness, thinking we're living in a totally material world, then you understand that there are things in our material world that are not necessarily as material as everything else. And thus we have all of the issues of ghosts and all of these kind of things, right? And then too, let's get into the other functional part of the woo of the weird view of this. Once you understand this, you can become a very powerful martial artist, okay? And you can become a very powerful shaman once you grasp this view.

So the second time I died and I understood this, I died. I rolled off of my bed, I'd been poisoned by bad drugs that were sold to me as mescaline and who the hell knows what they were? But they killed me. And so I roll off the bed and fall on the ground and my body is dead. At that point I leave my body, I'm 16 and a half, something like that.

And just like with hyperspace, I find myself spherical. Only in this case, there's two very large spheres up over my head, somehow able to the size of a soccer stadium but somehow fitting in my room. And then there's eleven other smaller spheres that are all clustered together, moving around, okay? And they're all clustered together and there's a space missing, there's a space for a twelveTH sphere. And so I'm a sphere, I'm dead.

So I figure, what the hell? So I float on up there, okay? So the other two large spheres, one of them is my knower and another one is my thinker, okay? And so I realize instantly, oh, none of the memories I've ever had are in my head, none of the memories are in my body. And I realized all these different kinds of things instantly upon being dead and encountering this, I also realized, oh, I'm the doer in the body.

So this is the thing guys. If you want a real detailed understanding of this, you can read us a book. It's 1080 pages and there is not one word in there that is excess. They went and they worked that book over to make sure there was not one excess word. It was written in the 50s by Harold Percival.

It's called thinking and destiny. There's a free version online. I like paper books, so I've got a couple of paper versions of it, but you can read it in PDF form. Anyway, so I realized at that point that I'm the doer in the body, as are you. Okay?

And so we have a very special obligation and activity. And the old saying is quite true. Ours is not to reason why, ours is to do then die. Okay? And so we are here to perform things, to do tasks both for ourselves and for our grander selves, but also for the universe in general.

So we are as important to the materium as the little machine elves are to hyperspace. We are a mechanism within materium for the creation of novelty. Okay? That's the point. Getting back to this universe was bored.

Consciousness was bored. It wanted to see if it was possible that something outside of itself could be created that it would not know about ahead of time. And if you really think about that, it's everything, it knows all. That's a really difficult task to achieve, right? And so it sets us up with all of these weirdnesses that there might be random.

And so as a computer programmer, I was instantly destroyed to realize that the RND function in assembly language was not truly random. It only picked a number between these particular rain in this particular range and it did so in a very deterministic way. And you could expand it and make it so that humans couldn't pick that number. But nonetheless, it's deterministic. It's not truly random.

And so there is no truly random anything within the universe at all. And it is merely an illusion that we think that that might be the case. And it's necessary that most of us have that illusion in order that we might be able to do the things that we do as the doers in the body. But what we do when we die is we go on up to this larger the group of eleven, join it and become the doer in the body. But outside of having any body, and then the next one of those spheres takes off with a body.

So we live in sequence. As far as I know, there's always eleven on the sidelines and only one active at any time. Okay? There's six are female and six are male. And those never change.

So every one of my lives are going to be male. There's a reason for this.

Yeah. What is the reason? It's multiplicitous. None of it relates to us. Okay.

It is necessary that as a male that you have this male attributes whether or not you're actually in a body and that you deal with being male in and out of bodies. Okay? So we can expect a wide range of experience with each and every one of our incarnations and we will have millions of these. All right? So the saying is that to become a human takes 85 million incarnations, that there is a spark of life.

It's put out there. It's a bacterium. And if that spark, for whatever reason, and we could get into that, but it's not meaningful. But for whatever reason, it continues, it will progress. So it's progress or discontinuation.

There's no hold line. Right. And so there are a lot of humans, doers in the body that can't take it, that psychic whatever, is not strong enough to take the abuse of being in the material. And there are beings that will basically disappear because they can't get enough of the doers in the body to hang together as a unit of twelve. Right?

So there's some risk. So you can't, for instance, go and repeatedly commit suicide. At some point, the universe will give up on you. Right.

If you read through Thinking and Destiny, you get some idea of some of these things that actually are manifest. And I know that these are true because long before I encountered the book Thinking and Destiny, I learned all this stuff in hyperspace, talking to these other beings, right. Because they wanted to talk. Hyperspace is an interesting place because we are as interesting to them as they are to us in terms of alien experience. Right.

Now back to the male and the female thing. This brings me to the topic you discussed with Lee Merritt, dr. Lee Merritt. When you're talking about the Chinese Cultural Revolution, and one of the aspects was how they created or tried to make men into women. I forget the exact context, but it was about hairy something.

What happened there? The hairy crabs. Yeah, that's what it is. Okay. Those people that were going to create the Communist state in China were Khazarians, okay?

Khazarians invented communism. Karl Marx was a Khazarian. Engels was a Khazarian. The Khazarian banking establishment, bear in mind, they own all the central banks. The Khazarians have conquered planet Earth, and we're in the process of a counter.

We're in the process of a revolution or an insurgency against the ruling banking elite. Right? The Khazarian mafia. Okay. So the Khazarians created all of this.

They do. So they created Russian Revolution. They created the Communist revolution in China. But they moved in into China, I want to say maybe 20 years before there was any activity at all. They had Khazarians moving into China, setting up all of the necessary organizations that would need to be there for the rise of whoever they picked to be the Communist leader.

And they ultimately picked Mao. One of the ways that they do these Communist revolutions is to upset the social order in communism. In the old way, they could mostly do it around economics with the idea know, everybody would be equal and there would be no longer any of this great corruption disparity. And they, of course, the Khadzari and Mafia were the ones that were doing the corruption, so they could use that and exacerbate it. Et cetera, okay?

Now, when they come into China, they start using a new technique, which was the disruption of those things that are solid. So basically, what they want to do any way they can in order to foment a revolution, communist takeover, is to disrupt your association, your grounding in reality. And so if they can deground you from your sexuality and claim that gender is uber olives, all of this kind of thing, it's the same level of effectiveness as if they can get you to believe you're a cat, they destroy your identity. Correct. And they unhinge you from your reality, your family, everything that supports you, and therefore your mind can be reprogrammed, so to speak.

Right? And so basically they're trying to in my opinion, they're trying to take all of the social order on a trip, right? And this is why I see all of these people and it's like, no, I've been to hyperspace. You people are not scary. You're not even that funny.

And so that's really what's going on. Now, the Harry Krabs in China, they did exactly what they are doing here, and they took a 25 year period of time to disrupt the Chinese social order to the point that they even started doing gender transitioning surgeries and the whole thing there, right? And so this would have been in the late 20s. They really began that in earnest, and so they'd been working on it for some period of time. And then we come up to the Chinese revolution, which takes forever because of the nature of the Chinese attachment to society, confucianism family, all of that, right?

So China was a real tough nut for the Communists to crack, much more so than the US. Because we'd already started drifting away from our familial associations when they started assaulting us in the late eighty s and ninety s. But they have to do that. The Hairy Crabs was a name that was applied to the trans people in China that they used as spies. There was a particular guy in what we would think of as the CCP.

He actually predated the CCP, and he created the whole trans movement in China. And he used the trans people as basically an army spies, prostitute spies and assassins. And it was anything but. So just as antifa is being used by the same people that used the trans people, and antifa is mostly trans, that's just basically another reincarnation of the Hairy Crabs. It doesn't work as well here in Western society as it did for the takeover of Communists of China.

China, I think it's really in its waning. Okay? So we've reached the peak, and we're starting to fall away from that. And there's going to be very disruptive things that will occur that I think will blow that particular aspect of things to a much more minor level of our social order real quick, like within the next year.

But basically what happened back then is what they're trying to do with us in the Western world in the very same way, right? It's just not working that well.

Now, before we started the recording, I said that I had just been given a very long, I don't know, 20 or 30 pages, not very long, but assessment, which was written up by it's an article really, which was written up by a group of German scientists and people who are spiritual people. And their assessment is their view of the world, including what's going on in Ukraine. I used to think that once they understand, the other side understands that the Pandemic 2.0 will not work because most people are not going to be in line with that same narrative over again. Even those who used to be, I used to think that this is what's going to trigger them. They're trying to test the waters right now, and when they see in mid September or so it's not going to work, that's when they're going to turn to war, a hot war, because that's the only way to keep us in panic mode so that we will continue to follow orders.

I mean, those on the other side of the fence. But then I spoke with Dr. Rima Labo and she ah, maybe that's one of the purposes, but the other one is probably they know that we're not going to do it again. So the other purpose, and this is particularly true for the United States, is to create civil unrest. And that may be the case, but if that is the case and this is going to start happening, I think, in mid September, October, so this group of people who are looking at Ukraine, who are thinking that maybe the Ukraine war will even maybe it stops, but they're not quite sure.

But the one thing that they're sure about is something is coming up right now in September and in October. Do you agree with that? Even though we don't know? I agree with that. Something's coming up, but their worldview is skewed, okay?

So Putin is not going to stop. This is not a war as they understand it. Ukraine is Khazaria. You grasp that, right? Ukraine is the central point of Khazaria.

The Khazarian Mafia rules there. They have adrenochrome parties, they harvest children, they harvest Russian children. This is exactly the same situation as existed back in 1000 Ad. When the Rus people, the Turk people, and all of the white peoples of Europe all got together and told the Khazarians, you people have to stop this. And so we will allow you to choose a religion rather than destroy you all.

Okay, that was a mistake, right? That was a big mistake, as we understand now. Okay? But they did. And so they chose to be Jews.

And thus it was at that point that all of the vampirism, all of the blood in the seder bread, all of this kind of stuff gets into. Judaism because these are blood drinkers, right? The Khazarian troops used to do that. They used to eat the liver of their enemies.

So now we have people that are saying well the war is going to do this and war is going to do that. No it's not. Russia is doing this and they've been factual in saying they're doing this because too many Russian children were being disappeared by the Ukrainians across the border and they're just not going to have it anymore. Okay? And so this is the final battle.

This is a coordinated battle. It is global. It is not Russia versus Ukraine. It is all the peoples versus the Khazarians. Most of the people of the planet are totally ignorant of this and may indeed be totally ignorant of this all their lives and never wise up to this level of the war.

We've been in this war for 6000 years and we're in the final battle parts of it. We are in a very special point of time in my opinion. Not for the reasons you suggest though, but for a larger scope of things. But what you're saying is indeed in my opinion going to manifest. But it is just sort of a minor part of all of this as we go on.

So Hawaii was an attack, right? Lahaina was an attack. The California fires were an attack. Just the other day, Turkish fires were an attack by a beam weapon. So there's a global, ongoing, maybe nationalistic kind of a war.

I don't know who's fighting who, but we know for sure that's the Khazarian mafia against everybody else. But they may have tricked one nation to think that it's got to fight another nation because this is how they work. But we're coming into a period of time that the Khazarian mafia can no longer be able to hold their position of ignorance of the rest of the planet. So what allows them to exist is that we don't think of the central banks as being an invasion. We don't think of this as all being one giant cabal, et cetera, et cetera.

People are not awake to all of this. They think of the reality that they've been spoon fed through their mind control systems that we call schools is real. That's all breaking down. The Khazarian mafia made a very bad strategic move, okay? They decided to upend all of our minds and break open all of our structures at the same time in order to take us over in a communist approach.

And it was at that point that the rest of the planet started attacking the Khazarians because when they've done all of this to this huge amount of people, the rest of the planet can awaken those people too. Just as the Khazarians were planning to put us to sleep under communism, the rest of the planet is going to waken us up to the Khazarian threat using the fact that our minds are disorganized and unstable and floating right now and able to look at things in a different way. And so it's become a very key element in our particular war at the moment. And I don't think that it's September and October. Okay.

So I think that we've started this. We started it with attack on Hawaii and that the novelty of the war itself will emerge around April 3. It'll take that long for lots of people to be discussing this, but now we're getting into it. It's really growing. So we're seeing the memes everywhere pop up that say, I'm educated, I know that if I wear blue, I'm safe from space beams, that kind of thing, right?

And so we'll see all of these things pop up, and people will just start looking. And then pretty soon the normies will start getting into it and our worldview will change. And the Khazarian Mafia won't be able to prevent that. They're desperate to do that. Their power extends from the Kali Yuga, okay?

From the fact that we went through 2400 years of very low emanations from Galactic Central, and most humans were born pretty stupid. And our biggest technology was a grinding wheel powered by donkeys. And so as we come out of the Kaliyuga, though, our minds expand and we get into the world that we're in now, talking across, networking and so on. But the minds that are able to deal with and create that world are not donkey riding minds. And so this is why we're resisting and we will overcome the Khazarians it's because universe will not allow us to progress into the further into the Bronze Age and then the Silver and the Golden Age.

With our minds being dumbed down this way, they're doomed to defeat, but they cannot do anything else because of their past action, right? So they're caught with their own guilt, and they cannot do a Maya culpa, come clean and convert themselves. This is just part of the nature of our reality. Universe wants to see what will actually manifest under these conditions. And if it's not that pretty, well, universe doesn't care much, then nature will strike back.

This is what many people expect. I have a good friend who is an attorney from Ontario, Canada. He kind of out of frustration, left Canada. He's had a home in the Sacred Valley in Peru since 2004, and that's where he spends his time now. But that's what he's been saying too, that if people don't get their act together, basically, that's when nature is going to strike back.

Well, maybe it's going to be a whole set of cataclysmic events, which some people expect to happen. But I do think, and I wonder if you would agree with that. I do think that we can change things if we have the right level of, I don't know, awareness or consciousness. And I think we're moving towards this level of consciousness. And I think this is part of it our connecting with each other, exchanging information, me talking to you, trying to understand what I didn't even have any idea about existed.

I think this is part of this, and I think that if we can continue on this path, and I think we are, then the worst can be averted. We're not going to fall into that trap. I'm absolutely certain that the other side cannot win this. They probably have already lost. Some people say that their head has already been chopped off, but what they're trying to do is keep us in this trap for as long as possible.

I don't know, maybe to see if maybe we're going to make some really bad mistakes so that they can come back or something like that. Does that make sense? Yeah, that does make sense. But in my way of thinking, most of the rank and file don't know they've lost. Mostly they are addicts attempting to maintain their addictive states now in the varying circumstances and don't think that far ahead.

Most of these people are not really great thinkers. So, like I say, I've met a lot of them, bill Gates and among others.

So I think of them as attempting to maintain their power because of what it feeds for them and that they're not very bright. They think they've got the world by the tail kind of a thing. And they don't recognize that our planet changes over time because of the cyclic nature of the Yugas where it is in relation to the Galactic Center, the amount of intervening mass between Galactic Center and us. You've seen that, right? You've seen that drawing?

I did. Okay, so as that occurs, humanity is changing. It doesn't mean that we're going to go to some Kumbaya peace, love and light sort of a thing, right? We must experience the worst that the Khazarian Mafia has to offer. Okay?

All right, so I'm a real hard case. I've died three times, right? This has a tendency to made me harsh relative to reality. Okay? So I just don't tolerate illusion in that regard.

And so my motto is none asked, none given. Okay? This is an old Revolutionary War and military motto, right? No quarter asked and none will be given. And I don't ask it because it is necessary that I must experience it.

I know this is what universe wants because I must be changed by that experience going forward in order that that change might affect other changes in the future that universe desires. So in that sense, I am a cog and my experiences are the grease of the machinery, even though they are my experiences. And I will take them with me into my afterlife and I will do things with them as I should. There is multiplicity of purposes for each and every action, no matter how small or how large. Now, I am not of the opinion that nature is going to do anything to us.

I don't have the same kind of an approach to life that Martin Armstrong does, okay? I know. We're into the Bronze Age. We're not going to face civilization destruction. It's just not in the cards now because it can't happen because we're in an ascending phase, right?

There's civilization transformation. So I see all of this as a progression upward and in a good way. And we must shed this baggage as we go forward. Right? That's why we're suffering all of these things now, is that we must suffer it in order that we might see it, in order that we might make the decision.

We have 2400 years of Kaliyuga that split into two 1200 year halves, right? The descending and then the ascending. We're just out of that. We're into the Bronze Age here. Now, when we get into the Bronze Age, the first 300 years of the Bronze Age are sort of a look back to the Kaliyuga.

We invent stuff. We get science, we get medicine, we get machinery. We don't ride donkeys anymore. But we're continually looking back, thinking the Ancients had something, getting trapped in the religion and all this stuff of the Kali Yugas, right? Okay.

This is one quarter. There's this dimensionality to time that relates around the number four. I won't divert. But in any event, one quarter of this is 75 years. This is actually split into thirds.

So we have 25 years and we have 25 years, and we have 25 years. This 25 years, which we've just finished, we're finishing now because we're 325 years from the end of the Kaliyuga, which was in the year 1698. But this 25 years that we're just finishing now is the acknowledgment, the wrap up, the understanding, okay? So look how chaotic it is now. And these last 25 years have been.

And they're like the pinnacle, the absolute culmination of all of these threads of the last 300 years. Einsteinian quantum mechanics taking us nowhere for the last 50 years, all of these various different things that have all reached this peak. People right now are in the process of abandoning quantum mechanics. They're in the process of abandoning the large hand run collider because it yielded nothing, it produced nothing that Einstein said should exist. And so we're going to abandon all of that.

So this is the period of eyes open, okay, looking back. This is the period of eyes open looking around. This is the period of eyes open, looking forward. So the next 25 years, we're going to fight and live and die and have terrible times with the Kazarian mafia, but we're in the process of abandoning it, throwing it away, throwing away all the garbage they put on us, the central banks, Einsteinian stuff, all of this sort of thing, right? And so these are predictable and have been predicted, these periods of time.

So if you live through these next 25 years, this next generation, in the end, part of that generation we will have a huge level of inventions, okay? Mass it's going to be a huge level of invention throughout this next 25 years, no matter what. But in those last five or so years of that 25 year period, it will just balloon out like you will not believe, and it will set the tone for the next 25 years that will then take us into the 2400 years of this ascending Bronze Age. And so that's my view. I'm very optimistic.

Right. So I don't see the destruction of civilization or anything. I see lots of destruction, lots of chaos, lots of angst, murder, mayhem, suffering like you won't believe. Right. But that which does not kill me makes me stronger.

And in fact, I can legitimately say that which does kill me makes me stronger. Know, we're at that phase now. So I love Martin. He's a great guy. I've never seen his code.

His stuff focuses more on, you know, as I say, his viewpoint is, I think, trapped by the grit approach. Right. Yeah. And I used to think that he doesn't take spirituality into account enough, but he does just well, maybe not enough. Maybe he's trapped in the grid.

That makes sense to me, really. So in that sense, I'm optimistic, too. My grandfather, he's the one who said, what doesn't kill you makes you stronger. So in that sense, I'm optimistic just in that same manner. I just wish it wouldn't take so long, because most of us are running out of steam right now.

Most of us on this side of the fence. Many of us are frustrated and just think they can't handle it anymore. I keep telling my friends, I have a really good friend who I met in India when my wife and I spent three weeks there last year at an Ayurveda retreat. And he's a very young ex Deutsche banker. He used to work for Deutsche Bank.

Left in frustration when he saw that it's all corrupt. This is the bank of the Criminals. This is what I realized in 1993 when I was working for them in Tokyo. But he says basically the same thing that you're saying. When he left Deutsche Bank, he spent a year at an Indian ashram.

And he says, this is what's going to happen. It's going to be another 25 and another 25 years. But this is the end for them. They can't win it. But we're going to have to go through some hard times for probably the next 30 years or 25 years or so, just convincing them of that.

Yes, they're good fighters, right. And you got to give them that. They're really evil. They're twisted. They do all these terrible things.

But their persistence has made us stronger. So I've wrestled. I've done judo, karate, all different kinds of fighting, aikido and so on. And I always appreciate an opponent that makes me work for it. But you're quite correct.

We will win. So whenever I get Sagging out, get the down key right? That's when I know it's time to go and work on myself. Most people don't have martial arts training, so they just don't understand that, right. Oh, if I feel it that way, okay, I need to go and rebuild my key force.

But that's where we're at now, is the potential for Sagging. You'll see some level of the Kazarian mafia attempting to take advantage of that. It'll be sort of like tentative kind of things. We didn't really mean COVID we didn't really want you to take these. Everybody can be happy again, that kind of thing, as they try and ingratiate themselves back in.

It's not going to work this time. They don't understand the mechanics of the Kali Yuga and how it's affected people and in fact they deny that such things exist because of the nature of their adherence to Einsteinianism and the linear progression, et cetera, et cetera. So their viewpoint will end up being destroyed. I think September and October are going to be interesting months, very energetic, but by April next year, I think that the hyper novelty will have come out to the point where even the normies will be discussing it. All of the different things that are happening and how people are going to react to that, I just don't know.

It's going to be quite OD because there will just be so much stuff coming out and a lot of it's going to go back thousands of years and so your underpinning for your entire worldview will be thrown over. Nothing you learned in school will turn out to be factual. Yeah, I think this is going to be too much for a lot of people who are going to be caught by surprise. This is going to be utter chaos to them because it's going to destroy their whole worldview. I hope it's going to be different for us because at least in my case, I can say I've been dealing with this for the last three years.

Before that, I knew something wasn't right, but I had absolutely no idea how bad things really are and how much we'd been lied to. I think the one consolation is that while this child abuse ritual, child abuse, child sacrifice stuff is absolutely horrific, at the same time as this is another one of Rima Labo's thoughts, at the same time this is what's going to break their backs. Because once people understand what's been going on and what is still going on, the other side will not be able to explain this away. They can explain away, oh, we made mistakes with the vaccines. Oh well, maybe some of us went too far, stuff like that.

But this cannot be explained away. That's why I think we need to expose this in particular. So that Maui 2000 children missing. How can that be? So that everyone, even if they don't understand the rest of the story, everyone will begin to ask questions and that'll be their downfall.

Ultimately, I think already is you're already seeing the memes out there. It won't be organized, though. It's not going to be like across the social order. So my opinion, what will emerge is that we'll see signs of the change by how fearful the powers that be become. So they won't tell us that they lost two security guards in a sniping attack attempting to get their principle right.

Whether it's Klaus Schwab or Bill Gates or whoever, we just won't learn that. We'll see them becoming very much agitated. They'll start changing all their patterns and this sort of thing, right? I expect that there will be. Okay, so we're at war, all right?

There's a global war going on now, and they're not using nukes, they're not using bombs. They're using these energy weapons because it's so much cheaper and easier to do that than to send an airplane over with stuff you actually had to make. Right. That war is going to escalate in a serious way. Within that war, I think we will see personal private wars and aggrieved parties will start taking vengeance once they know that the larger war is ongoing.

So as the larger war comes out into the open over these next five or six months, I think you will see private reactions to these kind of things that will be very distressing for some of the people that are in charge, because what happens is that a mental threshold is crossed. And so you'll see this shown in movies where usually they start off and they show like, some fit, attractive woman, and she suffers all these horrible things to herself and her family in the early part of the film. And then she goes on to find usually some older guy who instructs her in the martial arts, and then she comes out to be a hit person on the end. Right? Yeah.

And she's doing it because her social cohesion was destroyed in the early part of the movie. And then she gets educated as to what's going on. Okay. So I expect that sort of thing to be happening in real life against the powers that be, to the point that we have social manifestations of it in the you know, I'm actually expecting people to know. Sniper rifles.

And take shots at government officials. And then that really is how it's going to become visible to us, the private parties, who would know if someone took a shot at Klaus Schwab. Nobody knows his schedule, all of this kind of thing. Right. But sooner or later, they're going to start trying to take out some of the corrupt government officials, not necessarily in the United States.

And at that point, we'll start seeing that there's this emerging war between the populace and the oppressors, right, between the Khazarian mafia and all of the people that are now becoming awake. And I actually think it won't be old really awake guys like us that do that. It'll be the new ones that are suffering the shock of it, all right? And a lot of them will have been damaged by what they've gone through.

Okay? So I don't ascribe to the idea of spirituality, okay? Spirituality the notion the concept arises from people that are grit focused, right? Okay. Somehow spirituality is different than the consciousness that they think is imbued in the grit.

So I don't buy that at all. So what people would describe as spirituality, I describe as capacity for consciousness. Consciousness? Yeah. Okay.

So I'm conscious. I have a capacity to some degree for various aspects of spirituality. So I know a guy. Dick. Algae.

He's a great remote viewer. I know other remote viewers. These guys, I don't think of them as messing with spirituality. I think of them as dealing in the consciousness trade. Right.

They have consciousness skills. I know people that are that way. If they get a tarot deck in their hands, they're very keyed in. It's not spirituality. It's an ability to deal with their consciousness, with the material around them.

Other people do it through dreams and this kind of thing. I believe that makes sense. Yeah. And I did it with computer software, right. Teasing the words that leak out of people's consciousness that suggests something's going to come and aggregating them.

And so I did it the hard way, really, it turns out. But in any event, so these guys that do the remote viewing are telling us things, okay? And so they are telling us that we are in a war and that there was a guy that I know of, and I've seen the results who did a remote viewing of the Maui attack a year before it occurred, actually a year and four months before it occurred. And he pegged it to energy weapons and described them, described the pulses, described the noise, described the water burning, all of these things that we saw. That was just part of a larger remote viewing effort that is describing this war that's ongoing now, emerging into the open over these next few months.

And a lot of the spiritual people, the people that are psychically attuned that ride their psy currents and feel this stuff and know that they're psychic and react to it are all feeling the same thing. And we're all bumbling about it in the same kind of way, saying that. And I'm describing it as hyper novelty, but some of them are describing it as, oh, the war with the Khazarians is going to erupt in December. It'll be open, then we'll know about it, that kind of thing. Or they'll say that even weird things like kidnap children on spaceships that'll come out by January.

So I do web scraping. So I concentrate and I see all of these psychic impressions linked out in the text. And in that sense, your supposition about September and October is quite correct. In my work. Well, since slightly before, like maybe two weeks before the Maui attack, we've seen just ratcheting up of all kinds of emotional tension on release language.

Okay. Like a war shocked. So you're releasing the emotion, that kind of thing. Building tension is where you're just keeping it contained. Right.

But you're feeling it, both of those. You can have a ten level released language in that you're jumping up and down and oh my God, or you can have a ten in building tension and then you're just about ready to strike somebody. Okay, so different mindsets. But we're dominating now in release language and it's going to continue to dominate. And I think that's why we're entering in this period of hyper novelty.

But the other people that are trading in psychic business would tend to agree, I think, and that would also support your supposition that September and October are going to be very energetic months and it's going to lead to this hyper novelty emergence. Going to be a very strange time. Yeah. But I agree with you. We have reason to be optimistic because it's going in the right direction, even though it's going to be a tough road to walk for quite a bit.

Not for all of us, but for most of us, I'm afraid, and I tend to agree with you also when you're saying that we need to go through this. It is a necessary experience. I just hope we're going to be able to protect ourselves as best as we can so that we'll come out at the other end mostly unharmed or as unharmed as we could. But that's something that each and every one of us has to deal with for themselves individually. I don't think we can do that as a collective.

Right. That's impossible, I think. Dagma yeah. Cliff I have a little bit a different question. Where does this phenomenon, this energy of love, is located in your worldview?

Because there are many mystics who say existence is made out of the stuff called love. I mean, I now heard nothing where one could guess that. You mean sentiment, too? I don't have that view. Okay, so that's not my view.

All right, so it takes us 85 million lives to become human, all right? So you start off as a spark, you become a bacteria. Ultimately you're an insect, you work your way up. I was a dog for a long time. I had many lives as a dog, okay?

You find these things as you grow older. Any dog that comes around me instantly, we have bond and they can do anything. I tell them it's just because I was a dog, we understand each other. So I got stuck as a dog. Some people get stuck as birds and so on.

Right, okay. So we experience love in those lives and we probably even generate them in those lives, especially when we're dogs, that kind of thing. Right. It is a natural outgrowth of consciousness. But I do not see that love is the guiding force of consciousness.

I do not see it as the guiding force of the material, nor do I see it as an end goal, or nor do I see that there is an end state for the material. So if we had to look at it in a brutally factual way, the best way to characterize it would be the idea of Brahma's dream. So the Hindus had this idea that Brahma, the ultimate god of everything, goes to sleep and dreams and we're all his dream. And then at some point he's going to wake up and we'll all disappear. Then he'll look around and then he'll go back to sleep and dream another dream.

So this is harsh because when he wakes up and we all disappear, we're not coming back. Right? So you have to understand that in that viewpoint, love is something that you treasure but you don't necessarily expect, and you value it. It's interesting because you give it away in order to value it. So it's not held that way, but it is not.

So I do not have the viewpoint that a lot of the spiritual people or a lot of the Christian mystics or whatever might have it's very much more, I want to say mechanical to us in a certain sense. Right, okay. So love is a vibration that exists in the material. But it is one of the qualities, just like intuition and creativity, it's one of the qualities that makes us human. And I do know that a lot of people drift off into love is everything without really knowing what they're talking about.

It's something that seems to give them an anchor. But I still don't think that not everyone, but most of the people who I've seen, we have love is the only answer, and love is everything.

It's not palpable. It is nothing that they can't even deal with it. They believe in it in a strange way, but they can't deal with it. But I do think that this is one of the qualities that makes us human. And that the other side, the Kazarians don't have, they're not capable.

That's why I think in a medical, clinical way, and this is not my idea, but this is after I have done all these interviews and then I delved into psychopathy of the psychology and then the psychopathy of who the other side is, I think in a clinical way, the definition of psychopaths is probably correct. At least that's what the medical experts tell me. So they'd lack this quality, they lack any other human quality as well. And that is very strange. But it is important to know that, because if you don't know it, you don't know how to defend yourself against these people because you believe that if you talk to them, the politicians, the media people, those puppets they're using, they're also psychopaths, not.

All of them. Of course, you continue to believe that. If only, like you, I got through to them. If only they would understand. They don't give a shit.

They don't care. They're not capable of sympathetic vibration, so they're not capable of that vibrational area. I don't expect that out of humans. I had a real rough upbringing as an army brat. Right.

We won't go into the details, but it was rough. So I don't expect that as a dominating force. And I know that the Khazarians you're quite correct, they are psychopaths. They may actually not even be able to have certain kinds of emotions because of that genetic modification for them. But that genetic modification, by the way, does not extend to the ashkenazi.

The ashkenazi Jews are wrapped around the Khazarians like a protective cloak, a sacrificial cloak. And this is the way it's always been, right? So they intend to sacrifice the Jews when the heat gets too much. And this is why I've been, for all of these years, been so consistent about saying, it's not the Jews, it's the Khazarians. Pay attention.

Makes perfect sense. They're hiding behind the Jews. That's what's happening. Right? And they are pretenders.

That's all they do. There's a book out there. Codex oralinda. You may be familiar with it. It's the ancient pre teutonic language text.

It goes back to, like, 800 Ad and further back. And in there, they call the Khazarians the name stealers. And the Khazarians sat at a central hub. And what this guy who wrote it in Holland wrote this particular section in there. He was complaining because the Khazarians would have the Chinese come on over to do business with the people in Holland.

And the Khazarians would entrap the Chinese, give them a nice meal, poison them, take all of their effects, put one of the Khazarians in their gear and send them in to do the deal, get all the money and stuff and come back. And so the Khazarians were in between always stopping all these deals. They did it by impersonation, which was called name stealing in this old book. Okay? So this is why you see Jews taking other names is because the Khazarians did this name stealing at this very deep level.

And anything that they want to normalize, they push out into the Jewish social order such that you'll think it's the Jews doing it, not the Khazarians. Right? And I've got a lot of Jewish friends. A lot of people think I'm just a terrible anti Semite and nothing could be further from the truth. But they think that because I say that the Khazarians are not Semitic people.

They are not Judeans, and the Judeans are not Jews. And there were no Jews in Judea, nor any Jews in the Bible. And that this is a mechanism for protection that the Khazarians have engineered over all of these centuries. This is coming out now. And so as we get further into the Bronze Age and all of this stuff comes out, it becomes increasingly difficult to maintain the illusion.

And so we see that these illusionists are going to try maybe a grand illusion which is being discussed now. This grand illusion will have a series of events that will end up with Joe Biden going away, not going to jail or anything, somehow withdrawing, and Kamala Harris not being put in place, or maybe temporarily, but somehow they're going to try and run Obama's wife, Big Mike Obama, as a woman for president. Okay? That's really their only option. And this is like, in my mind, this is like stupid beyond belief because it's going to open up all of know gender issues.

And then once you acknowledge that Michelle is Michael Obama, then you got to ask yourself, where did those two kids come from? Exactly. And there's these rumors floating around with the real parents and even their names, the real parents names have been made public. Sure, this is a dangerous, dangerous move. I mean, this is a great move as far as I'm concerned.

But for them, it's extremely dangerous and stupid, as you said. And will they see that level of stupidity? How can they not see it? Right, yeah. But these people, they don't think as we do, as you were saying, you can talk to them until you were quite literally blue in your face, and it will achieve nothing because they cannot hear you.

They hear the words, but they're never going to be receptive to them. And so this is the war. This is a battle that we're in now. Is the Bug behind a lot of this? Okay, so I met people in hyperspace beings, hominids, that taught me things that I had conversations with that were also battling the Bug.

And I met one group or one guy who represented a planet. He was there seeking solutions. That's why people mainly go to hyperspace, is to seek novel solutions, because novelty exists there. That's what Terrence McKenna discovered, that novelty exists there at a level that is just truly fantastic. And probably all of our creativity and our inventions originate from our ShoShona, connecting us to the outer part of the materium where it connects into hyperspace.

Right, but anyway, so I met people there that had thrown the Bug out of their planet. And this one guy was ever so happy to meet me because he knew that we would be battling the Bug and he had things to tell me about how to do this. And we had great conversations, and I learned so much from that guy. I repaid him because they had ideas that they could not conceive of, just as we have things we can't conceive of until they're presented to us. And so he told me about the nature of time and how it works and this kind of thing.

Incredible education, like much more. It was the best university in the material okay? It is truly that it makes la una Manet's size look minuscule. But anyway, this guy taught me things and then I helped him out because he couldn't understand on his planet their conditions had changed, their environment had changed due to stuff happening and they were facing some problems that they hadn't encountered before. And he was there seeking a solution.

And it was like I looked at him and I kind of thought I'm really stoned and stuff. It's like well, it's kind of obvious, guys. You need paint, you need a sacrificial layer to put on all of your stuff for this dust that's eroding your materials. And it's like they never thought of a sacrificial layer on anything. And so he was just radically pleased and could not do enough for me.

And I met him there repeatedly, four times. It's difficult to arrange those sorts of things. Maybe he had been there hundreds of times and I only saw in those four right happenstance and so on, but truly phenomenal education. And so his thing was that we were just at that point where as our species were just getting into the point where we can throw off the bug and we've had this. So by my way of thinking, the Elohim and the Devas and those kind of people, they invaded us 12,000 plus years back.

And we've been dealing with them in the descending side of the yugas. And in my opinion, they probably prey on planets that are like us, that are yuga bound, that suffer the yugas and they come on in when we're heading into a decreasing mentitian side in order to take over. And so they're very predatory kind of beings, but so we've been dealing with this for 12,000 plus years. We've been dealing with the Khazarians for 6000 years and we're just in the process of getting rid of them. So of course, this is not a simple one, two, three kind of a job.

This is a multidecatal long process. Even though we will burst out into hyper novelty next year, we'll still be dealing with it 50 years out. I'm still glad this is going the way it's going. And I'm glad that even those of us who haven't made the experiences you've made, even those of us can relate to what you're saying. Because this is what this really is.

The Kazarian mafia is know the talented Mr. Ripley on a horrific scale only. And they may be being directed by space aliens and the right. Yeah, yeah, absolutely. That's what I believe.

After everything you told us today, this is great. This is great, Cliff. This was enlightenment and fun too. Okay, so enlightenment doesn't usually come with fun. Sometimes it does.

We have to do more of this. I know that most of our viewers, if not all of them, are just delighted to see what you have to tell them. And for many of us, for me in particular, some of the things that have been floating around and I couldn't really connect with the other stuff, the other dots. All of a sudden, it does begin to make sense. I'm not saying I understand everything, but it does begin to make sense.

And that's what it should. This is great. Again, is there anything that we need to know that you feel that we should have discussed but haven't? Universe provides and guides. It'll show up and we'll get together again.

Great. Very good. Well, it's a real pleasure. Thank you, Cliff. Thank you very much.

Been very nice talking with you. Nice talking to you. See you later. Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


9/11: 🏢 The Decision to Pull Down WTC Seven

9/11: 🏢 The Decision to Pull Down WTC Seven

9/11: 🏢 The Decision to Pull Down WTC Seven

Episode Summary:

World Trade Center 7 had always been considered the starting point for rebuilding. Located north of the slurry wall, seven had been cleared faster than the rest of the site, and there had been no bodies to recover. Pelted by debris. When the north tower collapsed, seven burned until afternoon, allowing occupants to evacuate to safety. I remember getting a call from the fire department commander telling me that they were not sure they were going to be able to contain the fire. I said, you know, we've had such terrible loss of life, maybe the smartest thing to do is pull it. And they made that decision to pull. And then we watched the building collapse it.

#WorldTradeCenter #seven #rebuilding #north #slurryWall #cleared #site #bodies #debris #northTower #collapsed #burned #afternoon #evacuate #safety #call #fireDepartment #commander #contain #fire #loss #life #decision #pull #building #collapse

Key Takeaways
  • Building seven of the World Trade Center was crucial for the rebuilding process.
  • It was cleared faster than other parts of the site and had no bodies to recover.
  • The building was hit by debris when the north tower collapsed.
  • It burned until the afternoon, allowing people to evacuate safely.
  • The decision to pull down the building was made after assessing the uncontrollable fire.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

9/11: 🏢 The Decision to Pull Down WTC Seven

World Trade Center, seven had always been considered the starting point for rebuilding. Located north of the slurry wall, seven had been cleared faster than the rest of the site, and there had been no bodies to recover.

Pelted by debris. When the north tower collapsed, seven burned until afternoon, allowing occupants to evacuate to safety. I remember getting a call from the fire department commander telling me that they were not sure they were going to be able to contain the fire. I said, you know, we've had such terrible loss of life, maybe the smartest thing to do is pull it. And they made that decision to pull.

And then we watched the building collapse it.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Space Budo – 09-13-2023

Space Budo - 09-13-2023

Space Budo - 09-13-2023

Episode Summary:

The document appears to be a discourse on various topics, primarily revolving around extraterrestrial beings, martial arts, and human nature. The author begins by referencing a recent interview between Kerry Cassidy and Nino Rodriguez, highlighting Cassidy's frustrations with the pace at which certain events are unfolding. The author then delves into a reflection on humans, aliens, and their perceptions of each other. The narrative suggests that humans often romanticize the idea that extraterrestrial beings live in a utopian world of love and peace. However, the author challenges this notion, arguing that just like Earth, other planets might also have challenges, struggles, and contentions. The document also touches upon the history of UFOs in the U.S., mentioning an alleged encounter between President Eisenhower and extraterrestrial beings. The author then transitions to discussing "Buddha," which refers to martial arts and the philosophy of self-challenge and self-improvement. The author emphasizes that martial arts are not just about physical combat but also about personal growth and understanding oneself. The narrative concludes with the idea that humans and aliens might find common ground in their respective philosophies and approaches to life.

#Aliens #MartialArts #Buddha #SelfGrowth #UFO #Eisenhower #KerryCassidy #NinoRodriguez #Challenges #Philosophy #Extraterrestrial #HumanNature #Contention #Struggle #Perception #Understanding #SelfChallenge #History #Love #Peace #Earth #Universe #CommonGround #Life #Reflection

Space Budo - 09-13-2023

Hello, Humans. Hello, humans. It's about 11:11 something 11:06 on the 13th September, day after Alien Day, which sort of the thing I wanted to talk about. Anyway, I'd been watching videos the other day while cleaning up in my what I laughingly call my office, which is more of a warehouse these days. Anyway, while I was cleaning up, I was listening to various videos and stuff, right?

Not really watching, just had it running and listening to what everybody was saying. One of them I listened to was the recent interview between Kerry Cassidy and was being interviewed by Nino Rodriguez. Now, just as an aside, I'm going to talk to Nino tomorrow. I'm going to talk with him tomorrow. And then Dick Algae and I are setting up a day to do one.

But what you really need to pay attention to is Dick Algae today on Jean Claude his Beyond Mystic channel, which is doing great stuff, by the way, and it's going to get better. Anyway, so I'm listening to Carrie Cassidy bitch out Nino Rodriguez. And she did. She was just on his case now. She was bitching to him about Juano Saving.

And basically it came down to people are not doing what she wants when she wants it, and she has some legitimate bitches, right? It's hard for her to understand. These complaints are accurate, they're factual, they're felt by a lot of people. And she was basically complaining that the white hats, the good guys aren't doing stuff fast enough. We don't know they're out there.

We're not going to be able to recover from this level of degradation that we're suffering now. And she's getting somewhat fearful about this, right? And she got really whipped up about it. Now, as I say, I'd seen a lot of videos that day, and this was just one in a series that got me to thinking about humans and aliens in a different way than usual. Okay?

So sort of track me with this. It might be a little bit difficult, right? Okay. So when I had the interview with Rayner the other day, the lawyer, I don't know if it's out or not. I haven't looked for it.

Anyway, there was this woman on his team that asked me about a question. She asked me a question. She says she doesn't hear me talking about love, right? Doesn't hear me talking about emotion that way.

And basically she's coming from the premise that so many people in the woo woo world are saying, oh, the universal or the metaphor, the operating paradigm of universe is love is all there is, right? And love will conquer all. That sort of thing. And it's like, well, I kind of wanted to dispute her. I didn't want to get into it.

I find that viewpoint very dismissible. Okay? It's dismissible because we certainly don't see that as the operating paradigm here on Earth. Even if you just extract humans from it and just dealt with animals. There is not a whole lot of love within the animal kingdom, right?

Life is harsh, it is a struggle. There is lots of suffering. And to ignore that and I understand why you would want to, but to ignore that and say that, well, basically it's not like that on the aliens planets, right? They don't have to go through this kind of shit on the aliens planets. Now, that was the viewpoint she was trying to express and wanted to hear what my thoughts were on it.

And I basically said, I don't see that as an operating paradigm in universe. And I have a whole lot of I didn't get into it, but I have a whole lot of reasons for saying that. I doubt it is a factual understanding of reality, and it's certainly not a factual understanding of the reality here on Earth where we don't see a whole lot of love and we see a lot of suffering and death. And that I do not presume that Earth is atypical. And so that's the whole thing.

I don't presume that Earth is an exception. Now, I also listened to an interview with Sean David Morton. And Sean David Morton is talking about UFO history, right? The history in the United States of people doing things relative to the UFO subject. And that history.

He goes into it, he says that there was this time he talks about these aliens coming down to talk with Eisenhower. Eisenhower gets kidnapped for a whole day. He doesn't do anything in any of his schedules, the excuses. He's got an emergency dental appointment, which is bogus, and they took him off to meet aliens is the understanding, right? And so Sean David Morton tells this little story about the aliens basically telling Eisenhower, you're going to meet the Greys, they're going to offer you technologies they're not trustworthy, okay?

And we're here to tell you that we're not going to offer you these technologies for weapons. You people better stop the nuclear bombs because you're punching great holes in the reality with these things and no one uses these because of that. No space aliens do. And you guys can't go beyond the moon, that you guys are isolated and so on, right? You're embargoed anyway.

And so he tells this little story and then he says that, well, at some point the Greys show up and Eisenhower wanted to meet with them because they did have weapons. And he said, if those weapons exist, we want them, right? No, Eisenhower is a military guy, and so he sees the world from a military perspective. That's basically the discussion here is about Buddha, the martial art concept in humans, okay? So I'm a martial artist, and I've studied martial arts all my life, since I was ten and a half, when I officially enrolled in courses.

But arguably I had been studying them prior to that under my father's tutelage, among other people. Actually, I won't go into any of that. Great. Anyway, so I've studied martial arts and all martial arts are under this category called budo. Now I got my start in Japanese martial arts, although I've studied a lot of other kinds, a lot of other nationality martial arts as well.

Now I concentrated on Japanese. I've got a good basis in it, 40 plus years of experience and I'm pretty good at it, right? But here's the thing relative to space aliens so I suspect that space aliens grow up on planets just like us. In fact, we've just discovered a planet that's like eight or nine times the size of Earth, that has methane and water in the air and everything that you would assume. And so it looks like it's a water world like ours and therefore probably has life because there's that complex methane molecule.

Anyway. So I suspect that space aliens grow up on planets like ours and there is no reason to imagine that their experience with their lives are that much different than ours. In other words, evolution, such as it is, absent Darwin's goofiness applying it to humans and so forth, and absent Darwin's understanding of the very ancient nature of our planet, he didn't understand the yugas, right? So he was what's known as a temporal literalist. They just think time goes in a straight line for humans and we're only 40,000 years out of the caves, that kind of thing.

They don't really grok what's gone on here anyway. So absent him, I mean, there is evolutionary pressure, right? Things do evolve in this universe. This is apparent and known and so on. It's just not a universal principle that you can apply to every solution or every issue because there are times when things happen and evolution is abrogated, such as space aliens coming down and Gmoing us, and when they alter your genes, well, from that point on you're still evolving, but you're evolving from a different base anyway though.

So I suspect that space aliens have had this similar experience. I suspect that space aliens, if they're corporeal, have some level of the same kind of things that we do in the sense of nerves and a brain and so on, and thus probably have emotions as well as suffering.

That's something to consider, right, that the space aliens you're dealing with may have had as terrible a life as you have had or know. All is not love and light beyond this imaginary embargo. Now, Sean David Morton goes to, in his little discussion, he goes on to say that at some point humans were able to reverse engineer shit. We made a bunch of stuff and we kicked out the, quote, alliance of Palladians or whoever the fuck it was. And these are just names made up for these people, right?

The pleiades is a constellation. The Pleiades is not a planet. The constellation the Pleiades has thousands and thousands of stars in it and spreads out over a space of over 110 parsecs. So from our viewpoint, it's this nice little constellation. But if you look at it into its depth, there is not a single planet that you could say would be representative of the Pleiadian constellation.

Right.

Anyway, so Sean goes on to say that the Space Alien Alliance gets kicked out, we kick their ass, and now we're free to go anywhere we want, and that we've got people going to Mars and other space systems or solar systems and so on, none of which I buy. Right? I don't see any evidence for that at all. Not that that means it hasn't happened. It's just that I don't accept it because I don't see any evidence at all that I can suss out, not even little hints of evidence.

And there would be things that you could see within our social order that would betray that humans were doing this. And specifically, I'm referring to linguistic things that would occur anyway, though. So let me get back to the Buddha part of this. So, all right, so the martial arts evolved because in the Kaliyuga, we needed to protect ourselves, because lots and lots and lots of humans were low intelligence, and they would act out on their emotions. Their emotions wouldn't be under control, and they would be easily swayed or manipulated and or would constantly react out of anger, et cetera, without thinking.

And thus, Buddha needed to exist. You needed to defend yourself from those people that are basically just being
violent. Buttheads now, getting back to the violence aspect of it, and one of the things that Sean David Morton had said, he was saying that supposedly the Space Alien Alliance said that our minds are considered like pornography, so to speak, because we're so addicted to violence. Now, I dispute that and that we're addicted to violence, and I know the space aliens don't give a shit about that, and that the stuff that Sean is reporting is just hearsay that's been exaggerated off of speculation, none of which was factual or actual happenstance. And so, as I say, I dispute the idea that space aliens are in a bubble of love that exists on the outside of a barrier that's supposedly around the planet Earth.

I suspect that they all encounter the need for some form of martial understanding, a martial art, right? And so there's going to be fierce animals if they go to other planets. There might be other fierce aliens. So this will occur. And we note that the stance that was taken by the space aliens on the lip of the crater of the moon when we landed was threatening, okay?

And so these space aliens understand the concept of a threat, which they would not unless they had had martial experience, some kind of contention experience. Buddha, the martial art category, and science that was evolved in Japan, in the Kaliyuga, through the Kaliyuga, is a science of contention. Buddha is technically the science of challenge, okay? Because all Buddha is about self challenge. All Buddha is about exposing yourself to yourself, that you might observe who you really are, and it's all about being a better you.

And so all of the martial arts are about that. Now, a lot of the martial artists get into the martial arts because they got the shit kicked out of them and need to learn how to fight. That was how I got into the martial arts. I got the shit kicked out of me. And my dad said, you need to know how to fight.

And so he enrolled me into a very fierce form of what later on evolved into judo. But at that time it was called Kano Jiu Jitsu, named after the guy that they formalized the instruction parameters for judo from.

And my teacher had actually taken a form of he taught judo and he loved the grappling arts, but he had gotten his advanced Buddha degree in the sense of his black belt. His first black belt was in a form of karate called goju, which was hard. A, it has no official name. It's a weird form of karate. I studied it under Yamaguchi for four and a half years along with judo.

It's also known as the 200, and it's known as the 200 because any of these people that have taken this form of goju, in any given room, it is estimated there are 200 weapons that are available to them because of the way that you practice, et cetera, et cetera. Anyway, though, so Buddha, the martial arts are all about self challenge, making yourself better. And I suspect that we will find some analog in alien societies of a theme of the individual perfecting themselves or observing themselves or coming to know themselves through a form of contention. It may be that it's controlled contention, like our martial arts, or it may be that they do something like Coventry, where they just have a totally wild area. You get to the age here, it would be like as a male, you'd be 13, and they'd go and throw you into Coventry and tell you, we're putting you in at point A, you can leave at point B.

And if you make it there, right? And so maybe you got to walk 500 miles across a totally wild area dealing with everything you encounter in order to get to the exit gate. And that's Coventry because you make the covenant with yourself to survive and reveal yourself to yourself as well as to your social order. And so these kind of rites of passage, these kinds of challenges and contentions are necessary for the minds, especially of men. There's also analogues within women.

But I'm not going to go there today. I'm just going to concentrate on the male aspect of this. In my opinion, this is why most of the 20 year olds, most of that particular generation is as they are. They refuse challenge. They get awards for everything, so why bother with the challenge?

Just give me the award, right? And so they don't grow, they don't expose themselves to themselves, they never learn about themselves, they never challenge themselves. And when universe challenges them, I find that they frequently fail because they've not been trained in this, right? So I have had more contention, more physical, personal success in my life by age eleven than all of the 20 year olds I've met so far, with two exceptions. I know 220 year olds that are into the martial arts.

All of the others I've met or deal with are these other kind of beings, right, that have never had challenge. They only have child mind and they only have parent mind, they don't have adult mind, which is self reliance. Looking at yourself as you are, as much as you can possibly stand that, I mean, that's a really rough thing for a lot of people. And we'll also find that probably it's a rough thing for a lot of the space aliens. My point being that we will, in my opinion, discover that there is a common bond with the space aliens in that they will have some form of understanding, some form of practice, some form of formalized expression that we could lump under our category of Buddha without it even dealing with the contention part, right?

So I'm not talking various different moves or whatever. I'm talking about the attitude, the approach. Now, maybe they're 2000 years old in their Buddha or 20,000 years old in their Buddha, and it is extremely sophisticated to the point that it might take us 10,000 years to grasp, right? I mean, you can get really sophisticated in this stuff. And so the nuances that we might be able to learn from these space aliens would be worthwhile.

But I also suspect that, and this would be especially true if what Sean David Morton had said was true, if there was an alliance attempting to keep Earth people bound to Earth because we are natively too violent, then fucker, we're about to break out. This is an expression of universe, right? This is universe providing and guiding. Universe made us this way. It made the Khazarian mafia to put pressure on us, that we would experience Buddha, that we would experience challenge, that we would experience contention and war and get good at it, because you get good at it or you die.

So, as I say, I think I will find in the space aliens in some aspect of their organization and social order. I will find analogs that I will find comfortable with my Buddha and my martial art, that I will find them to be compatible, to be sympathetic in the sense of having the same level of vibration. Right? And that they will find that in me and we will have common ground. So regardless of what they may look like or their attitudes about anything else, there will be these elements that we will be able to grasp together and explore together.

And I'm also quite certain I will find minds within the space aliens that will be as interested in exploring our understanding of Buddha as I am in exploring their understanding of you know, like I say, I think Carrie Cassidy needs to stop watching movies too. She actually, she watched this movie, which is a good movie. It's called interceptor. It's about this woman that works on this Interceptor platform that's supposedly got death rays or laser beams or something to help protect the United States. And it gets taken over and she's got to recapture it, right?

So Carrie Cassidy sees this and she says, AHA, predictive programming, therefore. And so she was talking to Nino yesterday, and all of her language tells you that she thinks that the whole Pacific Ocean has got that United States is ringed with these Interceptor platforms, that they actually exist as they were portrayed. And it's like well, Carrie, first off, two things to note that if those Interceptor platforms existed as they were portrayed in the movies, they need not be taken over. A North Korean submarine could simply puncture one of the floats and it's gone, it's down. Even if it doesn't sink, it's so thrown off of its alignment, it's not going to be useful, right?

So it was a really stupid movie at that level. It was all there to aggrandize whoever this female character was, or female actor. That was the central character. And I don't know these people. I hardly ever see movies, so I just happened to see that one.

And I don't know actors, so I don't know who she was, but it was a vehicle, right, to make her into this action star. You could tell that from the way it was all structured. But anyway, so there's that, that if these things actually existed, you wouldn't have to go through all this rigamaro. You just send a sub there and just have them put a little tiny torpedo or bump even just come on up and bump the floats on the fuckers and just throw them off kilter. And so nothing is in alignment and they're out of business.

And Kerry does not understand that that the use of the submarine that way just to alter the alignment of the thing so it can't work, is the way in which Buddha and military people like to work. Okay? So if you're at the upper echelon of your military, you don't want to send lots of people to their death if you can use a single assassin to accomplish the strategic and tactical goals that are on your plate to accomplish. Right? And so real true martial artists, real true Buddhistas, we think of human life as a resource.

And we do not risk it where we need not risk it if we can think of something better. So Buddha is all about learning to think better. Learning to examine the problem better, learning to come up with a solution that does not involve contention. Contention, even to the
martial artist, is the point of flux. You don't know what's going to come out, okay?

You don't know what's going to happen. This I think this is one of my reasons for thinking that contention exists as a universal, that contentions exist throughout universe as a method by which consciousness forces the potential to exist, that novelty might erupt, okay? It must have things in flux in order that there can be uncertainty. And so as a martial artist, I sort of recognize this overall paradigm that anytime you get into contention, you feel it in your gut, okay? When you're a male and you're in a bar or whatever circumstances, and you see the tensions are rising emotionally, you're being harassed by a bully or there's going to be a fight break out among your drunken friends and this kind of thing.

The minute that your brain becomes aware of that, you will feel that in your gut. You'll start feeling that slightly nervous, unsettled feeling in your gut, okay? And this is your body reacting to the uncertainty that is about to develop. And that uncertainty will lead to irreversibility. And most people don't they don't like irreversibility, right?

They don't like the buildup of energies and then the shift over into uncertainty that is the fight. Because they're uncertain about the outcome, and they know the outcome is irreversible. They're not going to be able to back out if they get into a fight. They're not going to be able to just stop and say, okay, where's my trophy? I did this because it's a real challenge.

And so the body reacts to that. And it doesn't matter if you're an experienced martial artist. It doesn't matter if you've had hundreds and hundreds of fights. You will always have that butterflies in the stomach feeling at the point that your mind starts to recognize, even though it hasn't told you yet, so to speak, that contention is about to happen or that you're in contention and uncertainty is about to yeah, I'm going to talk to Nino about this tomorrow. Maybe we can get into some of these aspects of it.

I'm going to tell him, Poor Nino. Poor Nino. Carrie beat you up. She's just beating you about the head with a wet know whop whop whop. And it wasn't his fault.

She's bitching at him about 107 anyway. So I'm sympathetic to Nino's position relative to the contention he had with Terry. He wasn't even fighting her, but she needed to have someone push back. She needed the vehicle of being able know, get the emotions out. So if you want to understand what release language is about, go look at the video between of the interview with Carrie Cassidy and Nino, the one that they did, like, maybe two days ago, three days ago, something like that, because she is using vast quantities of release language in that video.

Maybe she was released language nine out of ten times. So you get a real feel for it, and I'll be talking to him about that and so on. But I'm going to talk to him about this idea of contention with aliens and our common bond in Buddha, all right? And so these things are not thought about by the fucktards that are in the at least there's no evidence that they're thought about by the fucktards that run the WEF and run the Biden regime and run NASA and all of these kind of things, right? You just don't hear or see any sign that these guys are deep thinkers and have considered our future relationship and where to look for common ground and where also to be looking for direction from universe as to who we're dealing with.

So once we get into dealing with the space aliens, I will be able to tell you so much about them and their history that at a broad level, so I wouldn't know any of the specifics, but all I would have to do is to understand what their view of contention is. And if they have a formalized Buddha, and even if not a formalized Buddha, do they have this thread within their social order? And so anyway, because of the aliens yesterday in the Mexican Congress and so on, this is a very pertinent kind of a discussion. Now, also bear in mind that as a martial artist, I approach everything I do as Buddha. If I'm going to sweep the floor, I want to make sure I sweep the floor with mindfulness and to do the best possible job and to improve myself in the process of sweeping the floor.

It's just the way you live. And there's very few of us alive that are doing this, right? Most people are not at this level. It's not like anything I'm claiming. It's not like I'm saying it makes me a good guy or anything, right?

It's just the nature of my karma that I am here as this personality at this time. And it's the nature of my karma that Buddha has had a major impact on my personality. Also, by the way, so Dick Algae did a song about me. It's like very cringeworthy from my viewpoint. I appreciate it.

I love Dick like a brother. I'm just not into that kind of thing. I'm not into personality aggrandizement because I recognize that I've had lots of fucking lives, okay? I've had lots of fucking personalities. And I kind of have a joke.

It's like, well, if you like me now, you should have seen me two lives back. I was the life of the party. So anyway, so as I say, I'm going to be talking to Dick, and I'm not on his case about it or anything. I appreciate the work he put into it and the skill he's got. But also, I seriously appreciate the gesture and that he was moved by Universe to poke me in the ribs there.

So I take it personally, but not pissed at Dick over this. And I'll be talking to him sometime in the next few days, I guess. Maybe this weekend, maybe next week. I don't know. Anyway, we'll get into it.

I'm here now, and I got to offload a lot of stuff, but just a few thoughts on the weird nature of our reality. And people bitching about shit all the time. Okay, so anyway, I'll see you guys later. I'll put up links to the interviews and the videos that I'm going to be doing in the next little bit. I was sort of coming out of my hiatus here because I'd accomplished what I wanted with some of my off time.

Now I'm going to go back into.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Ep. 9 The Andrew Tate interview – 07-11-2023

Ep. 9 The Andrew Tate interview - 07-11-2023

Ep. 9  The Andrew Tate interview - 07-11-2023

Episode Summary:

This piece discusses Tucker Carlson's criticism of perceived efforts to suppress masculine qualities in the United States and the broader impact on young boys. Highlighted is the controversial figure, Andrew Tate, who encourages self-improvement and masculinity, and was a major internet presence before being arrested in Romania, ostensibly for human trafficking. The allegations, accusing the Tates of coercing women into making monetized TikTok videos, are met with skepticism by Carlson, suggesting the charges might be a way to silence this counter-narrative. The piece ends by emphasizing the need to question such processes, pointing out that consent and free will can be undermined by state interventions.

The subject, named Andrew, has been incarcerated under serious charges which he claims are baseless. Accused of convincing girls to monetize their TikTok accounts, he maintains that there are no financial transactions linked to him. After seven months under house arrest, he was put in a Romanian jail for 92 days without any charge. Andrew suspects that the accusations of human trafficking against him, despite being baseless and denied by the alleged victims, are part of an attempt to slander his name due to his influence. The case is awaiting analysis by the Romanian judicial system.

Andrew Tate, currently residing in Romania, offers an introspective look at his experiences involving allegations of human trafficking, incarceration, and the subsequent toll on his mental health. Amidst the seriousness of the charges, he reflects on the ramifications on his life, highlighting the ease with which reputations are tarnished. He also emphasizes the changing public perception toward accusations, hinting at a society skeptical of truth in such cases. His stint in a Romanian prison was marked by harsh conditions, mental health issues, and his struggle to support his family from inside. Despite the dire situation, he remains hopeful, keeping his spirits up and valuing resilience above all else.

The discussion centers around the speaker's experiences in Romania amid geopolitical tensions and the role of the US embassy. The speaker, who is half British, half American, feels frustrated and homeless due to indifference from his home countries when he's accused of a crime in Romania. The speaker's controversial message of traditional masculinity is said to have led to his negative reception. This message advocates for men to have standards, boundaries, and to resist certain ideas. The speaker suggests that his influence poses a threat to those promoting 'slave programming', and he criticizes the weaponization of virtue against him. Despite adversity, he maintains that men should strive for virtuous relationships.

The speaker emphasizes the necessity of masculine excellence and self-improvement in a hyper-competitive world to resist societal pressures and manipulation. He criticizes individuals' blind acceptance of misleading information and encourages self-reflection, bravery, and non-compliance. He speaks about his personal belief in God and views life's challenges as divine tests to develop mental resilience. He argues that acknowledging and enduring pain and suffering can be formative experiences that shape a person's character. Lastly, he references Newton's law, implying that the presence of evil suggests the existence of an equal and opposite force of good, which he identifies as God.

The text describes the speaker's belief in God as a force of good in the world. They suggest there's a division in Western society between thinkers and those who unthinkingly follow trends, lacking a moral compass. They recount their personal experience during COVID, observing a nonchalant approach to the pandemic in Sweden compared to harsh lockdowns elsewhere. They express their shock at people's refusal to accept this contradictory reality. The speaker also discusses their legal troubles, believing they're targeted due to their controversial views that challenge mainstream narratives. They critique the UK for becoming increasingly authoritarian, a sharp departure from its reputation as a bastion of free speech.

The speaker criticizes UK's increasing legal impositions and deteriorating living conditions, including the fall in education standards and rise in crime rate. They argue Europe is dealing with similar issues, as governments focus more on suppressing voices discussing problems rather than addressing the issues themselves. They emphasize the disruption of power balances due to the feminization of native men and immigration of high testosterone men from the Third World, leading to a power vacuum. The speaker sees their personal legal troubles as a punishment for defiance against these societal changes. Despite legal troubles, they express love for Romania and believe that their predicament would have been the same anywhere in the Western world.

The speaker discusses the illusion of reality, comparing it to the Matrix, and the concept of agents keeping people from realizing the truth. They delve into the topic of how public perception is manipulated, using COVID as an example. The speaker stresses the importance of questioning narratives, discussing political events, including the situation in Ukraine and Russia, emphasizing that good and bad in wars aren't simple distinctions. They also recall their father, a chess master and former CIA linguist, whose predictions about the world's future, found in his Twitter feed, have proven prescient. Lastly, they argue that the U.S. interest in certain conflicts can be attributed to power and money.

The speaker discusses the perceived erosion of freedom and democracy, attributing it to powerful individuals or entities. He questions whether complying with societal norms and expectations genuinely leads to happiness or fulfillment, especially for men. He criticizes the current approach to men's mental health, advocating for a paradigm that includes pride and self-respect. He parallels his struggle to speak out against societal norms with a war, either against external injustices or internal discontentment. He emphasizes the importance of self-respect and dignity, and highlights his role as an influencer advocating for self-improvement, financial independence, and physical strength. He concludes by acknowledging potential repercussions but stands firm in his belief of benefiting the world.

The speaker reflects on the changing nature of media attacks and believes that these old tactics no longer work. They discuss their view on depression, arguing that it's a state of mind, not a condition, and how this belief has helped them maintain a resilient mindset. They suggest that depression is a tool for population control, preferring principled, energetic individuals. They also argue that depression is a sign that something in life needs to change, and transforming your life through hard work and dedication can alleviate feelings of depression. They emphasize the importance of having emotional motivation for significant tasks and change, and how discomfort can serve as a catalyst for self-improvement.

The text speaks about the necessity for men to change their mindset and confront their problems head-on, rather than succumbing to depression. The author emphasizes on the value of stoicism, self-improvement, and relentless competition, regardless of emotional state. It underlines the importance of maintaining a masculine support network and upholding principles of honor, hard work, and self-respect. It further criticizes societal norms that demotivate men and force them into loneliness, arguing that a man should be able to rely on himself and others' respect to navigate life successfully. It concludes by discussing the destructive effects of pornography and the misinterpretation of equal rights, contributing to the downfall of masculine virtue.

The speaker tackles issues of masculinity, sex, and porn addiction in today's globalized sexual marketplace. They advocate for "masculine excellence" as the answer to many of men's problems, including pornography addiction, loneliness, and being respected by peers. According to the speaker, men should strive to improve themselves rather than blaming societal conditions for their problems. They share their own journey from a difficult childhood to becoming a kickboxing world champion, emphasizing the importance of hard work, self-accountability, and dignity. The speaker also discusses the concept of leaving a lasting legacy, suggesting that success is not just a personal achievement, but also a responsibility towards one's family name.

The speaker discusses his views on women, emphasizing their power and his respect for them. He disagrees with the idea of unconditional compliance with women's wishes, arguing for a standard of mutual respect and accountability. He criticizes female promiscuity, arguing it has been historically and globally discouraged. The speaker claims he is often wrongly accused of misogyny due to his outspoken views and the misrepresentation of his content. He asserts that he has substantial support from women, contradicting the general accusation of him being misogynistic. The speaker also briefly discusses the issue of race, suggesting that societal elites are fueling racial division.

The speaker reflects on discrimination experienced due to being a straight male rather than due to his mixed race. He criticizes the victimhood narrative pushed by politicians like Kamala Harris, suggesting it's more destructive than empowering. Using examples from history, he dissects the global presence of slavery and argues that self-accountability, discipline, and hard work can propel anyone, regardless of race, to success. The speaker also appreciates physical fitness, especially for leaders, and shares his confusion at Joe Biden's popularity. Finally, he connects the hostility from a Wisconsin state senator to the issue of perpetual victimhood.

The speaker discusses the irony of a senator feeling oppressed and criticizing others for their better lives, indicating a division fueled by those in power. The speaker reveals his plans to become a climate change activist, acknowledging the hypocrisy of such a decision given his high-carbon lifestyle. He critiques the tokenistic meeting between Greta Thunberg and Zelensky, questioning its true purpose. Finally, he argues against climate change solutions that impose financial burdens on citizens and don't genuinely address the issue, calling such strategies 'Trojan horses'. He insists that his disagreement does not imply disregard for nature, but stems from a critical view of the legislation and the true intentions behind it.

The speaker discusses their charitable actions, and laments being judged negatively despite their efforts. They argue that strength, principles, and resilience are essential for doing good, while criticizing the modern culture's attack on "strong men" and promoting "weak men". They relate societal issues to weak men lacking emotional control, and committing destructive acts. The speaker also critiques mainstream media, the concept of 'fake news', and political incompetence, particularly referring to Putin and Biden. They link happiness with strength, arguing weak men can't be content. Lastly, they touch on women's roles as societal barometers, stating that women inherently desire strong men.

The text discusses societal expectations and issues from a male perspective. It argues that the decline of female happiness in the west is due to a lack of "real men" who can provide and protect, caused by societal decay and absence of morals and principles. The author expresses concerns over the impact of societal programming, suggesting women are more susceptible, leading to emotionally charged decisions. This susceptibility, coupled with the lack of strong, masculine leadership, allegedly leads to chaos and unhappiness in women's lives. Finally, the author warns against the societal push for female dominance, which he believes can be easily manipulated, leading to further societal issues.

The text explores diverse societal issues, centering on gender identity, societal expectations, and mental health. It challenges the concept of gender fluidity and the normalization of gender transitioning, suggesting a negative impact on mental health. It opposes the idea that gender is merely a social construct and highlights the distinct roles and strengths of both genders. It mentions how different cultures approach gender variance, as in the case of Thailand's "lady boys". The text voices concern over youth being pressured into life-altering decisions like gender reassignment, and the effect this could have on their future happiness. It emphasizes the importance of respecting biological realities and individual perceptions.

The text delves into various controversial subjects including identity, societal norms, cultural differences, and societal self-destruction. The author, who names himself King Andrew, criticizes Western societies for their supposed self-destructive tendencies, and their concern over identity politics and gender issues, which he perceives as distractions from real problems. He draws comparisons to the fall of Rome to underscore his point. Furthermore, he discusses the influence of the Internet and state on children, arguing for the right to instill his own values in his offspring. Lastly, he expresses concerns about the targeting of children by ideologies he sees as dangerous, suggesting a need for protection.

The speaker challenges notions of western patriarchy and criticizes ideologies that use manipulation, particularly of susceptible children, to spread their views. They argue that this approach, used by various factions including LGBTQ proponents, is akin to brainwashing and is unfair compared to challenging an informed adult. They link the proliferation of such ideas to a lack of real struggle in the west, implying that many seek out problems due to the relative comfort of their lives. Finally, they suggest that harsher conditions, such as a famine, would quickly dissolve these constructed issues and roles, with people reverting to traditional survival strategies.

The speaker argues for respecting men's role in protecting society, emphasizing historical gender roles as survival necessities. They challenge modern shifts towards feminizing men as untested, raising concerns about national competitiveness. The speaker endorses a high-protein diet, caffeine, and nicotine, associating the latter with testosterone and resistance to conformity. They theorize that society seeks to reduce testosterone to make men more compliant. Lastly, the speaker voices fears about the rise of digital currencies, viewing them as tools for total societal control, noting their potential use in tracking, and controlling spending habits, and expressing worry about the phasing out of physical cash.

The speaker shares his beliefs about societal control through financial dependency, suggesting this is the real reason behind his unpopularity. He argues that the government doesn't want its citizens financially independent because it's easier to control destitute people. The speaker challenges the perception of wealth as negative and suggests his financial success offers resistance to manipulation. He encourages his young followers to seek wealth and resist societal control. The speaker also claims governments desire absolute control over their citizens, likening it to a slow encroachment towards communism. He emphasizes the importance of a financially independent populace to resist this control.

#1950s #60s #6thGradeBoys #Accountability #Accusations #Adam #Adult #AfghanDefenseForce #Aggression #America #AmericanCitizen #AmericanInfluence #AndrewTate #AncestorPride #Arrogant #Attack #Authoritarian #Aztecs #Backbone #Balance #Barriers #Bathrooms #BBC #BeachfrontProperty #Belief #Benefit #Bigot #Bills #BlackSea #Blackbillionaire #Boundary #Boundaries #Brainwashing #Bravery #Bribe #British #BritishAmericanGovernments #BritishParliament #Brother #Bugatti #Burma #Camouflage #Camaraderie #Capitalism #CaptiveAudience #CarbonFootprint #Care #Case #Castration #Caucasian #Censorship #Change #charges #Chaucescu #Cheat #Chessmaster #Children #CIA #ClimateChangeActivist #ClimateChangeAwareness #Communism #Competition #Compliance #Consequences #Conviction #Coercion #Control #Controlled #ConversionTherapy #Corruption #Court #CourtCases #Cowardice #COVID #Crimea #CrimeRate #CriticalThinking #Cryptocurrency #Cuba #CulturalDifferences #Culture #Currency #Destructive #Defend #Defiance #Depressed #Depression #Destiny #DestructiveMindset #Dignity #Discipline #Discrimination #Dishonesty #Disparity #Diversity #Donation #Duty #EarlyWarningSystem #EconomicClass #EducationSystem #Emotion #EmotionalCoercion #EmotionalControl #EmotionalSecurity #EmotionalStability #EmpiricalEvidence #Enemy #Energy #EnergyCrisis #Englishflags #Englishman #Eunuchs #Europe #Evidence #Evil #EvolutionaryStandards #Exceptional #ExceptionalMan #Exercise #Expensive #FalseAccusations #FalseNarratives #Family #FarmAnimals #Father #FeedingChildren #FemaleHappiness #FeminineWoman #Feminism #Feminize #FinancialCrime #FinancialFreedom #FinancialProvision #FinancialSuccess #FinancialTransaction #ForeignCountry #FormativeExperiences #France #Fraud #FreeSpeech #Freedom #GenderAffirmingCare #GenderDifferences #GenderDysphoria #GenderIdentity #GenderRoles #God #Good #GoodGuy #Google #GretaThunberg #Guilt #Gym #Happiness #HardWork #HatePeddling #HeinousActs #Honor #Hope #House #HouseArrest #Hypocrisy #HyperCompetition #HyperCompetitive #Ideology #Ignorance #Impulsiveness #Incompetence #Individuals #Indoctrination #Influence #Influencer #Injustice #Innocence #Insanity #Internet #InternetArguments #InternetInfluence #Investigation #Invasion #IslamicLaw #IslamicWorld #Jail #JeffreyEpstein #Job #JoeBiden #Judges #Judgment #JulianAssange #JusticeMachine #KamalaHarris #KennedysMotorcade239 #KickboxingWorldChampion #KingAndrew #LadyBoys #Language #Law #Lawyer #Leadership #Legacy #LegalSystem #LGBTQ #Life #Lies #Linguist #LivingStandards #Loneliness #LongFormatContent #Longing #Love #LoveLetters #LoverBoyMethod #Lucy #Lukashenko #MaleSupportNetwork #MalleablePopulace #Marriage #MasculineExcellence #MasculineHappiness #MasculineIssues #MasculineMan #MasculineRole #Masculinity #Media #MediaAttack #MediaCoverage #MediaMachine #Medialaws #Medication #Men #MensMentalHealth #MentalChange #MentalHealth #MentalHealthProblems #MentalResilience #MentalState #Message #Migration #Mind #Mindset #MingDynasty #Misogynist #Misogyny #Misogynyaccusations #MixedRace #Morality #Motivation #Myanmar #Narrative #NationalSecurity #NatureConservation #NatureOfPeople #Negativity #NewsConsumer #NonCompliance #Obey #Obedience #Oppression #Outlawed #Outofcontext #Pain #Pandemic #Parameters #Patriarchy #Penalties #Perception #Performance #PhysicalCondition #PhysicalProtection #PhysicalStrength #PickupTruck #Playbook #Police #Porn #PornStar #Power #PowerGrab #PowerVacuum #Pride #PrideFlags #Principled #Principles #Prison #Programming #Propaganda #Protection #PTSD #Public #PublicConsciousness #Punishment #Putin #Question #Rational #Rebellion #Relationship #Resentment #Resist #Resistance #Respect #Responsibilities #Rich #RichCountry #RobertFKennedy #Romania #RomanianJudicialSystem #RomanianPopulation #RomanianPrison #Rome #Sarajevo #Saying #Security #Senator #Sex #SexCrime #SexualAccess #SexualEducation #SexualMarketplace #SexualOrientation #SexualRelationships #SickCountry #Silence #SingleMotherHousehold #Slander #Slavery #SlaveProgramming #SocialMedia #Society #SocietalDecay #SocietalDestruction #SocietalExpectations #SocietalNorms #SocietalPolarity #SocietalRoles

Ep. 9 The Andrew Tate interview - 07-11-2023

Hey, it's Tucker Carlson. Imagine being a 6th grade boy in the United States right now. What are you hearing at school? What are they telling you on the Internet? Well, they're telling you to stop being yourself.

Sit still, stop joking. Suppress your aggression. Share your feelings. Obey. Female qualities are virtuous.

Masculine qualities are oppressive. That's the message. In case it wasn't clear enough, schools around the country have removed urinals from boys bathrooms. The male body itself is shameful. Sit down when you pee, like a good little girl.

Views like this are often called feminism or woke politics, but in fact they amount to mass conversion therapy, an attempt to change the fundamental nature of people. Nothing like this has ever been attempted at scale. It's one of the most grotesque and destructive experiments in human history. What would it be like to find yourself the subject of that experiment as a boy trying to become a man during the biden years? Well, you might kill yourself.

Many have. You might decide to reject your own manhood and embrace androgyny or even switch sexes. Girls are better. Fine, I'll become one. Or more likely, you might simply withdraw into porn and weed and video games and give up on your life before it's begun.

You might retire at 19, a less dramatic form of suicide. All around us, this is happening. Noticing it is forbidden. But that does not make it any less real. So it's probably not surprising that Andrew Tate was the most Googled man in the world last year.

He offers a different vision. Tate is a former professional kickboxer who, about a decade ago, began posting advice to young men on social media. Tate's view is that men want respect above all. It's how they're wired. In order to get respect, men must become worthy of it.

They must become more impressive. Wake up early. Work as hard as you can. Stay sober. Find God.

Keep yourself physically fit. Don't complain that's his worldview. Earlier generations of Western leaders might have found parts of Tate's message inspiring. Now it's seen as a threat. The media treated him like a criminal up until the day he was officially classified as one.

Just after Christmas last year, tate and his brother Tristan were arrested and thrown into prison in Romania, where they live. The Tates were held without charges for three months, very likely with the encouragement of the British and American governments. In June, they were charged with human trafficking. They're now under house arrest until their trial. Are the Tates guilty of human trafficking?

We're not their lawyers, but it's worth noting that as of today, not a single woman has come forward to say that she was kidnapped or imprisoned or moved across international borders against her will by Andrew or Tristan Tate. It's also true that in some ways, the charges against the Tates seem inevitable, like they were always going to happen. Accusing a man of a sex crime is the fastest possible way to discredit what he's saying. Days after WikiLeaks revealed that the US government had been spying on its allies and lying about it, julian Assange was arrested in London for rape. Nine years later, prosecutors dropped the case against Assange for lack of evidence, though somehow that fact was not as widely covered.

Is that what's happening here? Again, we don't know. Jeffrey Epstein's dinner partners insist that Andrew Tate is a pervert and a criminal. Maybe they're telling the truth. Either way, we think Tate's views about men very much deserve a hearing.

So we flew to Romania to talk to him. We're posting the entire interview here on Twitter because we've been assured it will not be taken down for ideological reasons, as so much of his content has been. The video is long, but if you can take the time to watch it, make up your own mind about Andrew Tate. Here it is. So what are you charged with?

That's a really good question. I'm charged with being the head of an organized criminal group which is in charge of recruiting girls to make TikTok videos to steal the money from the TikTok views. Recruiting girls to make TikTok videos and stealing the money. So it's really a financial crime? It looks that way.

And it's very interesting because the girls who they've identified to add to the file are saying that we're not victims of anything and this isn't true. But the state believes it's true. And the state thinks that I, as a 35 year old man, woke up, I was already extremely financially successful. I was already a father, I was already very well known. I had no financial motivation.

I have no criminal record. It's not my personality profile. But I woke up the age of 35 and decided to make girls do TikTok to enrich myself with the pennies that I would earn from TikTok views. So in the United States, I think the belief is that you were charged with human trafficking. Yeah, that's human trafficking, because what you do is you force a girl to work against her will for financial gain.

That's human trafficking. And their justification for this is that girls do TikTok. Some girls I know, who they found, who say they're not victims, have TikTok accounts. How do you force someone to do TikTok videos? I guess the prosecutor is going to have to explain that, isn't he?

It's a very interesting scenario I'm in, and I'm inside of Romania, so I have to show a degree of respect to the Romanian judicial system, and I have to show a degree of respect to the situation I'm in. But the overall charge is that there's an organized criminal group. There's a group of us. I'm the head of it. My brother is the below me.

And we use the lover boy method to convince women to do TikTok videos to make money so that we can steal the TikTok money so there's no just to be clear, you are not accused of pandering, of pimping, forcing women to have sex with anybody? No, not forcing to have sex, not restraining their movement, not stopping them from living a full life, but the fact that we are somehow convincing them to have TikTok, very interesting. I don't think but there's no actual I'm asking you this because I do think it's a widespread belief that you were accused of pimping. Yeah. That has nothing to do with any of this case.

Absolutely nothing. And it's kind of scary, because the crime in itself of human trafficking is a unique one, because they can ignore the statement of the victim. So the girls have come forward and said, this is insane. You've just picked us because we're near andrew and we're his friends. But the whole idea of the crime is they can say that she's brainwashed.

Right. She's under duress. So you can ignore her statement. State says she's a victim regardless of the fact that she says she's not a victim. So it's very interesting because the difference between sex and rape is consent.

Right, right. But they remove all of that. They're like, nope, you're a victim. No matter what you say, we're deciding you're a victim. And they've chosen them.

And of course, these girls do nothing pornographic. They've never had sex with anyone, nothing to do with that. So they've picked TikTok. So it's scary. Imagine you're a full grown man anywhere in the world today, they can find two girls who have TikTok on their phone, which is every single female on the planet, and they can accuse you of forcing them to take the TikTok money.

And even if the girls say they didn't do that, this isn't true, then you're still a human. But force, what does that consist of? Forcing someone to do something? Are they accusing you of using violence? No, they're accusing me and this thing they're accusing me of using the lover boy method, coercing them by being nice.

By the way, these charges presumably are public, so they're public, and this is extremely serious, but if you actually analyze the overall case against me, they're saying that andrew and his brother, by being nice men, convinced girls to have TikTok accounts and then take the money. And it's very interesting, because inside of the entire case file, there's not a single financial transaction to us for money. What are the penalties? They're extremely severe. Five to ten years in jail.

And I've already served coming up now, seven months in a form of jail. They can only you are essentially incarcerated right now. Absolutely. I'm on house arrest, and that counts as jail. You can only be held six months without charge.

I was initially picked up, thrown in a cell without charge, and I think the intention of the entire investigation at that point was to find the crime, because they had very, very weak evidence. They contacted 2000 people who know me or knew me. They tried very hard to convince some female somewhere to come forward and say something bad about me. The media machine, which works hands in hands with the justice machine, as you know very well, did exactly that. In fact, they offered bribes.

Effectively. They'd call up ex girlfriends and say, if you have anything bad to say about Andrew, we can pay you $50,000 for the story. And they tried very hard. They didn't find any evidence of anything. They then released me on house arrest.

And then two days before the legal limit in which they had to drop everything, they charged me with whatever they had from the beginning, which is very little. And now we have to wait for the Romanian judicial system to analyze the file and, God willing, throw it away. How long did you spend in jail? I was in jail for 92 days in a Romanian jail cell. What was that like?

It was certainly interesting experience. I won't lie and say it was easy. It was certainly very difficult, the uncertainty of it. It's a very uncertain situation to be picked up on just before New Year's Eve and thrown in a cell without charge. And I'm asking different prison guards and different prisoners, how long am I going to be here?

One prisoner is like, I've been here two years. I was like, have you been charged? He goes, yeah, but I haven't gone to court yet. Like, everyone's been there for years. I thought I was going to be there for years.

And it certainly takes a mental toll on you. And I think jail is a different experience when you know you're innocent. When there was a guy in there for murder, he's like, yeah, I murdered someone. I'm in jail. You can kind your soul and your mind accept the punishment for a crime, but when you've actually done nothing wrong, I think jail is a lot harder.

Did you know why you were there? Not initially. So for about the first two weeks, I never actually got told in English what I was accused of because I was arrested on December 29. There's new York. What were the circumstances of that?

Yeah, December, armed guards ran in this house. They spent all day searching the entire house. They were very interested in electronics, as most federal agencies are. And then they took me that evening and said, we're going to go and put you in jail for 24 hours. And after 24 hours, you see a judge, and the judge will decide if you stay in jail.

And the judge decided I should. What did you do? I mean, did you make who'd you call? I had a lawyer, and my lawyer came and he said, we need to analyze the case file. When you see what they have against you, you're being accused of human trafficking.

It's like, human trafficking? That's insane. Who? When? What?

I went to jail. And then I was given all this paper in Romanian. I don't speak Romanian, although I live here. And then I was waiting for the translation. So I think it's about two weeks before I finally got the papers in English to understand why I was in a jail cell.

And then I really understood how insane the accusations were. What is human trafficking? Yeah. So the overall, my understanding of it, they're saying that human trafficking is when you convince a woman to do something she doesn't want to do for financial gain. And there's different methods.

You can do that. You can do that through force, and you can also do that through emotional coercion. I think most people, just speaking from the American perspective, most people believe that human trafficking is effectively slavery, selling human beings. And that's what I believe as well. Absolutely.

And this is the thing that's so interesting. When you finally end up the enemy of the matrix and they use the legal system as a weapon to punish you for having an opinion, you realize how subjective the law is, right? Because it can be a weapon when you have something subjective. You can just pick and choose. So if they sit and say, ah, human trafficking is a woman doing something for financial gain against her will via emotional coercion.

Well, he knows these two girls. They have TikTok, emotional coercion, convincing her that's what I'm accused of because they have no proof of me doing anything wrong. So they said, he's convinced these girls to do TikTok for money. The girls have said themselves have said this is not true, and the state is denying their statement, saying, no, you're brainwashed, it is true, and I went to jail. So how is the state so the state is trying to coerce the women.

So how is the state not committing human trafficking by the same definition? Absolutely. It's very interesting. It's very interesting that you can sit someone down and tell them they're a victim when they say they're not a victim. You're a victim of being coerced, and we're going to try to coerce you into conceding you were coerced.

Exactly. It's a very interesting scenario. Okay. Yeah, it's a very interesting scenario. Up until this point, no judge has looked at the evidence of the case.

So up until this point, I've been to court a bunch of times, but the only reason I was in court was to discuss my preventative detention. So under Romanian law, if you being free can impede the investigation, you should stay in jail. So the judge agreed that, yeah, maybe if he's free, he can damage this investigation because they're trying very hard to get something on this guy. So I've done a bunch of jail time, and now it just begins. The judge is going to look at the case and like I said, God willing, I still have enough faith in the Romanian judicial system that she's going to look at this and go, this is not a crime.

You're aware of the media coverage of this, however, so you're in jail for 90 days or more, and the rest of the world is talking about you. Do you know what they're saying? They're saying very heinous things. And I would hate to come across as a conspiracy theorist, Tucker, but I kind of have a feeling that this might be something to do with my influence and an attempt to slander my name. Perhaps I'm crazy, but the fact that they chose such a heinous crime and they reported it so heavily, and they won't shut up and keep repeating, basically a slander attack day after day after day.

Also, considering the fact that other people who genuinely commit heinous crimes have far more favorable press coverage, I don't want you to think I'm a conspiracy theorist. Please, Tucker, I would hate for you to come here and call me crazy, but something very strange about it, and I think the what, when Jeffrey Epstein's friends call you Immoral yeah. The goal of it is certainly to slander my name, and I like to see it as a litmus test. I like to see it as an intelligence test. Anybody who wakes up and looks at me and goes, he's a human trafficker.

Because of TikTok, they're fully gone. But from the west, just to defend the average news consumer in the west, sure. Andrew Tate kind of an outlaw, lives in some palace in Romania, wherever that is. And Romania sounds like the kind of place where human trafficking is like the main industry. A lot of it happens here.

That's what's so crazy about it. Right. What's so crazy is, if they really want to find a human trafficker, I think they could probably do it quite easily, but they managed to get me. That's certainly the perception, but it's one of those charges that kind of sells itself. Oh, absolutely.

And it doesn't matter if you're found guilty or not, right. You're a human trafficker forever. But I do think that public consciousness is changing. I think with things like, there's been some very large court cases recently involving some very famous people in which women were caught lying, trying to slander men's names for rape and these kinds of things, and I don't think people believe it anymore. But that scares me to a degree, because I think that the typical weapon, the standardized playbook is now failing.

And know what the new playbook is going to be? Almost like better the devil. You know that you're too famous, you're too successful. We don't like you. Call him a rapist or a human trafficker, put him all over the news, slander his name, try and wreck his life.

Now that nobody believes it, what's the next move? What are they going to try next? Wouldn't it just have been easier to commit, like, a massive financial crime and defraud people of billions come up with like a fake cryptocurrency, call it like, I don't know, FTX, or just give a name to it and then random steal billions and get your parents involved and buy a bunch of real estate in the Bahamas. And then you'd be sort of a hero, right? Oh, absolutely.

And I would have certainly made a lot more money than TikTok because I don't think TikTok even pays you for views. And if it certainly does, I never got a single transaction from it. So it's a very interesting scenario. But if I was accused of a financial crime, my name would not be slandered. No, well, of course not.

You have the presumption of innocence. So just back to the jail thing. So you're in with your brother? At the beginning I was not, but towards the end I was. Yeah.

What did you do all day? It's a good question. I looked at the wall, stared at the wall, smoked cigarettes, lots of push ups, read the Quran. You smoked cigarettes, did push ups and read the Quran? Basically, yes.

And certainly had some introspective moments. Tried my best to get out. Tried my best to, via my small phone calls, understand what's happening in the outside world. Tried to make sure that the people I love and care about are taken care of. Because I'm the man of my family.

And I'm also the man of quite a large I wouldn't say empire, but life. And there's a whole lot of people who rely on me. You have staff and families, you have children and family feeling. Yeah. So when you're plucked from that, it's kind of strange.

You're in jail and you're concerned for yourself, but your primary concerns are also all your duties as a man. I have duties as a man. I don't want children to starve. You've got a whole tribe. I've got people to pay.

So it was very, very frustrating. Constantly trying to make sure everybody else was okay and feeling helpless. That's what hurt me the most. I was trying to make sure everybody I love and care about was fine and I wasn't as powerful as I should have been. And that was very upsetting.

And especially if they were going to keep me there for years, I was having serious concerns about how I can feed the people I love. Did you ever come to the edge at all? No. I certainly had. Some days I was less happy than others, but I made sure that my mindset was built in a way that I could always be doing something constructive.

And also, I think you get what you give in life. And if I ever felt particularly sad on a day, I would try very hard to make other people happy, because if I made other people smile, I'd feel better. So even the dinner ladies or the prison guards, I'd try very hard just to make people smile. I know it sounds silly, some of the prison guards some of the prison guards were more open than others. But there was a couple of prison guards who were ice cold, who didn't want to say a word to me and like, hey, bro, your hair looks amazing, and you just stare at me like, he wants shut up.

But I just try my best to cheer people up, to cheer myself up. And as a man, all you can do is just find the resolve to continue. You doing the best you can in this current circumstance. What were the other prisoners like? I don't want to insult Romania in any way.

And I love this country and I chose to live here. But if I had to describe it for the people, for an American audience to understand, I don't think Romania and a lot of these countries have the same kind of mental health set up or the mental health support that a lot of Western nations have. So you end up in jail. So I think there was a lot of mental health problems inside the jail. So it was very similar.

It wasn't just a jail. There was also a lot of mental health problems in there, which adds a new complexity and a new dimension to the suffering, because there's just random screaming and there's suicide, and it's certainly not a very nice place to be. Oh, so it's horrifying. Yeah. I don't want to go back.

You hear the phrase Romanian prison, and it sounds tough, so it was what you would imagine it is. And when this process is over, there's a lot more I will say. But I will say the staff were very nice to me. And I want to make this clear. I want to make it very clear that all the staff in the jail were very professional and very nice to me.

I would almost say that they believed I was innocent and they understood that I didn't belong there. There was a semi apologetic vibe to the way I was treated by the guards, if that makes sense. Yes, they understood very well. I don't think anybody, like I said, with a functioning brain, believes that me, at the age of 35, decided to steal TikTok money and ruin my entire life without financial motivation to girls who say they're not victims of anything. I don't think anybody with a brain well, the fact that you're not accused of a sex crime or of violence, which I think most people don't really understand, and they can look it up, but you're not actually accused of rape.

Correct. Selling anyone? Correct. Pimping. Correct.

Okay. That right there raises a lot of questions. Yeah. And this is the thing that's so interesting, because I'm accused of using a method of human trafficking called the lover boy method. So how that would traditionally work is a man would meet a girl, become her boyfriend, take her to another country, turn her into a prostitute say, I love you like pimping, of course.

But they're saying because all my conversations with these girls are very nice, they're saying that I use the lover boy method to convince them to do TikTok. And once again, I never made a penny from TikTok, and I have no interest in girls TikTok accounts, and I've never made any money from TikTok in my life. So that right there, I think we can let people assess. I'm not an expert on the Romanian legal code, but that's kind of not the impression that most people have, and that's the media who have made that very the media have tried very hard to do that. And if I had to estimate, I think that the overall intention was just to throw me in a cell, use the media machine to drum up something real.

I think that's what the goal was. I believe that obviously one thing I've never been to Romania before, and one thing I'm struck by is the American presence here. Oh, it's massive. Fully understand that. So there are three NATO bases here now.

They're bustling because of the war in Ukraine, one's on the Black Sea, right below Crimea. So this is strategically important, this country, to NATO. Absolutely. And so this is a lot less far away than I realized. It's much more American influence.

Oh, absolutely. Played a role. Yeah. Well, I think, and I don't want to get this incorrect, I think it's the second or third biggest US embassy in the world. The US embassy here looks like a prison.

It's huge. They've got a huge embassy here. And even during Chaucescu, during the communism days, romania was an ally of the west. Even during communism? Yes.

Chaucescu came to New York. Yes, that's right. Yeah. So Romania and America have been very good friends for a very long time.

I have to be careful what I say, but it's certainly very interesting what's happened to me. The American embassy were not particularly helpful, let's put it that way. They weren't very interested in me being locked up without charge. They didn't seem very interested in getting me out. But you're an American citizen.

Absolutely. So you're an American passport holder. Correct. So I think the average American believes, perhaps falsely, that if you're accused of a crime in a foreign country, particularly a less developed country like Romania, you go to the US embassy and someone takes an interest in your case just to make sure that your treatment falls within accepted standards of justice. Yeah, they came to see me, but when I was asking them what they can actually do about all of this, they weren't particularly helpful.

I don't want to pedal conspiracy theories, and I've heard a lot of information, et cetera, but I wouldn't say they sanctioned it. I don't know if they had to sanction it, but something they weren't particularly interested in getting me out, but at least they came to see me more than once. I mean, they kind of pretended to care. The UK Embassy didn't even pretend to care. The UK embassy was I really think they enjoyed it.

You're a British subject as well. Correct. And this is the kind of thing, and I want to say this here, that's kind of frustrating for me, because Romania is my home now for seven years. But I'm half British, half American originally, and when something like this happens to you, you have this longing for home. You kind of want to go home when you end up in a jail in a country where, even though you've lived for a long time, you don't speak the language, you don't understand the legal system.

Going to court in a foreign language is far more intimidating than in your own language. You don't have a clue what's being said, you don't understand how anything works. And then you kind of have this longing for home. But I feel like my home countries hate me and they hate me because of my message, which I believe to be a positive message. So you kind of have this strange feeling of homelessness, because it's like, well, if I go to the UK, I believe they're going to attack me the same.

If I go to America, I believe they're going to attack me the same. So where do you go? It's kind of scary. Where do you go? Good question.

We're going to have to see it. How did you wind up here? I moved to Romania. I came to visit a long time ago, before anybody ever visited Romania. I came to visit and I genuinely fell in love with the place.

It truly is a fantastic country. I love nature as an amazing nature. It's a very safe place. It has this reputation of being dangerous. It's not dangerous, it's very safe.

The people are very good. The people are very conservative. Traditionally, it's almost like America was 2030 years ago. It's gorgeous. They have a bunch of nice restaurants and plenty of things to do.

And I've never had a problem here in any way, never had any issue with the law or with the other side criminals, nothing, until this came out of nowhere. So it's been very strange. So what is it about your message? Do you think that infuriates certain people? Well, my message is traditional masculinity.

My message is to stand up and say what you mean and mean what you say. And even going to the gym nowadays is an act of defiance, because when you have a man who's built with any degree of principle, you say no to things. And I think if I have to analyze my message and why I'm so disliked by the people who dislike me, it's not the things I'm saying, it's the fact that if you adhere to my principles and you adhere to the things I say, you end up being the kind of person who. Will resist certain ideas. You say no.

What kind of man never says no? Name? A man who never says no. Men say no, right? Men wake up and say, no.

I don't think that should be done this way. No, my children will not be taught that. No father's primary job. Absolutely. So when you say to men, listen, you're allowed to have an opinion, you're allowed to have standards, you're allowed to have boundaries and barriers.

You're allowed to get up and become important and work hard and try hard and become the kind of man who can't be controlled, then you're seen as an enemy. And especially with the massive influence I've gained, I think they look at me and go, ah, he's helping men resist the slave programming. We don't need him around. We need to empty their brains so we can inject the slave programming and convince men to be eunuchs. Because once you're eunuched, then you're not a threat.

I think I buy that, because your message I'm not the world's expert on your message, but I've seen a lot of it, and it's not explicitly political, actually. No, it's not political at all. And their original attack before this Matrix attack is they weaponized virtue, which is what they usually do. There's no genuine virtue inside of these people. They weaponize virtue.

They find a virtue and they turn it to a bullet and they shoot at you. I'm sure you know very well. Yeah, I've heard. Yeah, I was a misogynist for the longest time just for saying that men should have standards. If you tell a man he could have standards in a relationship in any way, you're a misogynist.

It's actually very interesting because what does that mean, to have standards in a relationship? But this is the thing that's so interesting about it, because they've gendered the argument when I never did. I said, as a man, you shouldn't have a girlfriend who is a liar and a cheater, and you also shouldn't have male friends who are liars and cheaters. You shouldn't be around dishonest people, male or female men, and they gendered it and said, he's a misogynist. He's saying that men should only act this way with women, et cetera.

I said that men should have standards and you should have protocols that you're prepared to accept and you should have hard parameters. And if a woman doesn't want to adhere to those parameters, that's her decision and it's her prerogative. But you don't have to stay with her. Why should you? What's wrong with that?

Well, that's teaching men to say no. They don't want men to say no. So are you arguing that it's better to be with a virtuous woman? I think so, yes. I know that's.

No, I'm serious.

It seems like good advice. I don't want to come across as extreme, but yes, I am. And what's actually funny is I really believe most of the things I'm saying were accepted by absolutely everybody 15 years ago, ten years ago, and now it's public enemy number one. And it's because of the mass influence I have. At one point.

I became the most Googled man on Earth at one point. And it's a scary situation I'm in if you're arguing that it's really important for a man to find a good woman, a decent woman, an honest woman, that's the truest thing that's ever been said. Absolutely. That's the most important thing any man can do. I mean, I can just tell you firsthand, oh, thank you very much.

Married 32 years, that's the most important thing. And you think saying that anger to people? Absolutely, because I'm arguing the only way to do that is via masculine excellence. I'm saying in the world we live in today, it's hyper competitive. And if you want to be the kind of man that has the choice of women to choose a good one, you need to be an excellent man.

It's no longer acceptable for you to just be an average Joe or below average. You have to get up and you have to work hard and you have to be smart and interesting and you have to be charismatic and make some money and be in good shape, and you have to try very hard. And unfortunately for them, if you follow that path as a man and you become successful in those realms, you end up being the kind of person who resists enslavement. You become the kind of person who wakes up and says, no, I don't believe in that. That doesn't make sense to me.

I can't imagine a better message than that if you want a good society. So then you have to argue and sit and say, do these people want a happy, functioning society or do they want something else? What do you think? I think that I would never kill myself. And I also just throwing that out there.

And I also think that when you want to conquer a society, you kill the military aged males. That's what you do. That's the first thing they've ever done. They walk in and all the men have to have their throats cut. They can't perhaps do that, but they can certainly cut your balls off, and then you can't resist.

And I think there's certainly a movement to ensure that there's very little resistance left inside of the number one demographic which is required to resist oppression, which are military age males. And they don't want those kind of people waking up with any kind of self respect or standards or to say, no, I don't accept this. I do not need a 9th injection. They don't want that. They want you to sit and say, I don't need it.

But the news said so. Oh, well. So in the one interview that you and I did, you had a line that I've been thinking about ever since. I thought it was so interesting. I never thought of it before.

You said that a lot of people went along with the facts and that you didn't judge them because facts change. But now that we know that a lot of what we were told was wrong and some of it was a lie, it is a requirement of your own dignity, of your own self respect to say so completely and people should apologize. I really do believe, and I have nothing against the people who fell for the propaganda and I fell for the programming. Yes, I agree. Fine.

But you should wake up and say, I was fooled. I've learned my lesson. I will not be fooled again. But if you were fooled by the MSM and took the injection and you continued to be fooled and you have not self reflected and you have not realized that they lied to you the entire way and you now believe the new bunch of lies are all over the television, then there's something wrong with you. Or you don't care that you were lied to.

You don't care that you were lied to because you I think a lot of this is actually genuinely cowardice. I think it's a very easy worldview. The life is easier if you accept the news tells the truth. Yes, everything they want me to believe is true. Everything's nice and simple, good guys, bad guys do.

And if you want to actually wake up, it takes a degree of bravery because then you have to destroy your entire worldview, everything you've ever understood and everything you're told, and you have to really look at the world and go, oh, this is a mess. And that takes bravery. And once again, that's why they don't want men to be brave. They want you to sit there and go, oh, it's easier if just, you know, CNN said so. It must be true.

And it's cowardice. And they're trying to instill cowardice in all of us. That's what they're trying very hard to do. And I think even just me as a person, the people who hate me, my detractors, who dislike me so much, even if I say nothing, I just turn up, big, bald, strong, fast car. It's just me.

I'm like the enemy to them because I symbolize men who don't comply and not don't comply in a negative, law breaking way, but don't comply. If we don't agree with that or we don't see common sense in that, we're going to politely decline. And that's simply not allowed. What's it like to have the prospect of prison hanging over you? I think that I like to believe that this is a test from God.

I like to believe that if you become the most Googled man in the world for saying that you have mental resilience, that God is going to make sure you don't have that degree of fame without testing you. I like to believe that God comes along and says, yes, I've allowed you to become the top g. We're going to see if you really are the top g. I believe that's how the world works. It's certainly intimidating, especially knowing you're completely innocent, but I believe it's a test, and I believe it's my job to pass the test for my ancestors and for people watching over me and for God.

And I think I have to do the absolute best I can possibly do in the scenario and the circumstance. Regardless of whether I win or lose, I still believe I'm going to win because I've seen the case file and I've seen that no laws have been broken. But even in the very unfortunate circumstance that this Matrix attacks goes deep enough to throw me into a jail cell, I think I should handle it like a man. I think I should stay and finish the process and I should walk with my head held high and suffer as much as I need to suffer to stick by my convictions and know that I'm an innocent person. And I refuse to break, I refuse to cry, I refuse to be depressed about it.

I'm going to wake up and I'm going to smile regardless. And regardless of what happens to me, I want everyone to know that, one, I would never kill myself, and two, I think that as a man, there's always going to be a degree of pain and suffering in your journey. I don't think you're ever going to become a successful man or be good at being a man without pain and suffering. And there's many times in my life where something terrible happened to me. And at the time, if I could change it, I would have.

But retrospectively, you kind of look back and go, you know what? That was formulative for me. That's right. That is what God decided I needed to become who I became. So all of the pain and all the suffering I've ever gone through in my life ended up, in the end, building me into the person I am.

And I'm proud of who I am. So if God decides I need to go back to a Romanian dungeon for however many days, then all I can do is accept it and accept his plan and accept that it's going to make me a better person. So you see the hand of God in your life? Absolutely. I think that he is the best of planners.

And like I said, if you retrospectively analyze all the times in life you wish you could have changed things, he knew better, and I'm going to have to accept that. When did you conclude that? I think I guess I always kind of knew I was atheistic for a while when I was younger. But as you get older, you start to look at the world and understand that the thing for me was actually, I guess, a scientific principle. It was Newton's law of equal and opposite force.

If there is evil in the world, and I'd like to think we both agree there certainly is. Yes, there has to be an equal and opposite force which is good. And I would like to think of that as God, even the idea of God as a notion, even just as a concept, if that idea of God resists evil, then God is real. If you have two islands, you have two people, let's say a ship crashes and you have two people who swim to two different islands, and one island, they're atheists savages, and they rip you apart, and the other island, you get there and they believe in God, and they believe they're not allowed to kill you. Even just their idea of God, god saved your life.

So I think even just a concept of God in and of itself, if enough people believe and it makes them do good, then God must be true. And that's the equal and opposite force to the evil of the world. And this is how I view it. So I don't see how anybody with a conscience cannot believe in God anymore. That's such a profoundly different worldview from the one that we're presented with, I think.

Do you think that's maybe the division in the west between people who see those forces at work and those who don't, I think the west is actually split between people who think and people who don't think at all. I think that people there there are there's no such thing as these two opposing worldviews. I think people believe there's worldview A and worldview B. I disagree with that. I think there's worldview a the good guys, which are primarily people who do believe in God, do have parameters, do believe in standards, do believe in self respect, do know how to say no, and there's worldview B, which changes day by day regarding based on what they're told, which means they have no real worldview at all.

They just repeat, and they have no standards, and they have no parameters. There's nothing you can tell them that will make them wake up and go, that's wrong, because they have no inherent morality. So you can literally, you can say bestiality is accepted and encouraged. Now, it's good for you because for climate change. And they'll sit there and go, oh, for climate change, well, off we go.

And they'll just do it. So I think you have a camp of people who think, and you have a camp of people who repeat. And I don't think there's actually the opposing side to the good, I don't think function as a thinking populace at all. I think they simply repeat. It feels like the conflict between those two groups is getting more intense.

It's certainly getting more intense. And it was interesting for me because and I want to be an optimist, but I lost so much faith in humanity during COVID If you would have told me how COVID would have gone down before COVID I'd say, no way, we're not that bad. I thought, the people aren't that dumb. But when I experienced COVID, it's actually scary. You see how the Nazis managed to do what they did.

You see how they managed to put people in concentration camps. You see it. And I had a very unique view of COVID because in the first days of COVID when people were falling over in China and the Italian hospitals were overrun at the height of the panic, when most people believed because it was the very beginning, early stages. My brother and I had a very logical conversation and said, we're two military aged men in very good physical condition. If we die of this the world's over, if it can kill us, it's zombie apocalypse, so why are we going to live in fear?

So we found the only two countries that were open, which were Sweden and Belarus. We had just been to Belarus, this is before the Ukraine war. We'd just been there. We decided to try Sweden. So for the first three months of COVID during the height of lockdowns, when Florida was closed, when it was absolutely I remember, yeah, when it was the craziest lockdowns, globally, me and Tristan are in Sweden in absolute freedom.

They had no restrictions, no masks, no vaccine passports, no social distancing, nightclubs are full lunch, restaurants are open, perfectly complete, normal society. Nobody talks about this anymore, nobody talks about weight. Sweden never did a thing. Everything functioned perfectly fine the entire time and they don't have it. Where's their mass?

Where's their illness of severe their winter of severe illness and death? They never had one. It's a cold country. Never had one. So we were living in Sweden, living completely normal lives, seeing everyone, seeing the internet and seeing this insanity.

And we're like, well, surely if we just put up a few videos of us partying in Sweden, in nightclubs, this will wake people up. People didn't want us. People ignored their own eyes. That's the scariest thing about everything, is that they can get to a level where with the media machine, where people will genuinely ignore their own eyes. I don't understand how you can get people so brainwashed that they will see that the sky is blue and then they'll watch that the sky is green and then they'll look at it again and go, sky's green.

It's crazy to me, but COVID proves they can do that and that's why the war is getting so intense, because the principled people are saying, how can you still believe in the things that you're saying? Here is all the logical, empirical evidence that that is a lie. But these people are ideologically brainwashed and they don't want to take enough. They don't have the bravery it takes to wake up and accept that they're being lied to. So they'd rather, just to the end of time, repeat what they're told.

And it becomes more and more intense as it becomes more and more ridiculous. This is scary. As it becomes more and more ridiculous, the more intense both sides get. Yes. Right.

So what the future holds, I'm not entirely sure, but I like to believe even my current charges, I found solace when I was in jail. That the thinking. People are looking at this going, Something about this doesn't seem right. Well, I mean, it is a little bracing. I mean, when I discovered I mean, I was sympathetic to you already, but a man's accused of human trafficking, it's worth finding out what he's accused of.

And when I discovered that there was no actual human trafficking charge, that's not actually human trafficking, I don't care what you call it, you weren't buying. Even accused of buying and selling anyone, then the next conclusion you inevitably reach is, they don't like the guy, they don't like his views. Fine. They're going to send him to jail for that. That does seem like an escalation.

Absolutely. But if they don't like your views and you're inspiring millions of people to resist slave programming, you become a threat like they discuss me. But you can't send a guy to jail because you disagree with him. You shouldn't. But even before I went to jail, the members of Parliament in the UK were talking about me and what a dangerous role model I am for young boys.

So they launched this initiative inside of British schools to ban me. My name can't be said inside of any British school. And members of Parliament were standing up in Parliament saying, Andrew Tate is dangerous. He's encouraging young boys to have misogynistic views, because I'm literally telling young men to go to the gym and to stand up for themselves and believe believe in themselves and believe in something. And by extension, you look at some of the sexual education books these children are being given, which I believe in age nine, I don't think a child needs to learn about anal sex or any of these things.

Probably not. Yeah, probably not. So they're pushing that to the children, but I'm banned. Well, they're also pushing weed and video games on boys. Oh, completely.

And you can listen to rap music about killing people all day long. And there's a whole and little nas. He can have sex with the devil in his music videos, that's fine. But I'm dangerous for saying, go to the gym. And once I realized what was scary to me is I said this to my brother, I said, Once the Parliament is discussing you, you're basically considered a national security threat at this point.

You're a threat to national security at that level. And then all bets are off. Right. So the UK has become more authoritarian than anywhere in the Persian Gulf. Correct.

How did that happen? Yeah, like I said, it's very interesting because people still the people on Camp B who don't think a lot of them believe that the law is fair. I've had people say to me, oh, yeah, what they're doing to you is garbage. You need a lawyer. Yeah, I do need a lawyer, and I do have a lawyer, thank you.

But it's not that simple, unfortunately, the law is very subjective and if they want to attack you with it, they're going to do a very good job of attacking you with it. And that's what the UK does. The UK have these laws which are extremely subjective, and they can use it as a weapon to basically silence anyone. They decide England is the birthplace of free speech, habeas corpus of kind of framework of liberal democracy that we thought we believed in, and now it's a country where people are arrested for praying. Well, what happened?

Good question. And there's a saying that I heard, and I don't know who said it, but he said that a sick country adopts laws like a dying man will try medicine. And I think that the UK is failing in real time. If you look at it in any metric, whether it's living standards, whether it's crime rate, any any metric, you can measure the success of a country by it's fallen off the cliff, it's becoming more and more expensive to live there. The education system's gone down the pan.

London is the stabbing capital of the world. You're not safe to leave your house. So their answer to this is just more and more and more laws. And unfortunately, as they do that, they're not even intelligent enough to actually attack the people who are doing genuinely bad to the world. They just make more and more authoritarian laws and they end up using them to attack the people that the government doesn't like.

And I ended up being one of them. And I think Europe in general has problems. If you look at France as we speak, I think it's on fire, isn't it? Most of it. It is, yeah.

So they have issues, and their answer, what's a government's solution to anything? Law? What can a government do, no matter what? But they're not laws that are aimed at fixing the problem. That's right.

No, they're laws aimed at fixing the person who's talking about the problems. Why don't you get rid of the guy who tells everybody? Isn't that easier? Tucker, why fix any of this? If we just shut him up, they won't know.

But that's like responding to a heat wave by breaking your thermometer completely. Right, that's the plan. Plan one is to break the thermometer. We might deal with the heat wave a bit later, but get air conditioning. No, we break the thermometer for now.

There's too many people talking about the heat wave, so let's just break that and then later on, maybe when we have time, we'll do something about the actual issue. It does seem like a lot of this is an effort not to talk about the thing, the real thing, in Europe, anyway, which is migration. And the U. K, formerly known as England and France have both been completely changed by people from other countries and I'm sure have added good things, too. I mean, I'm not but they've changed them and in general, they're not better countries, and why can't anyone admit that?

But this is what's really interesting to me about what's happening, because we're talking about masculinity and men who say no and men who stand up. But there has to be balance, right? Everywhere in the world, there has to be power balances. If there's not a balance in power, there's going to be a vacuum, and that's going to be filled. If you neuter the native population of men, if you destroy their mentality to resist, if you tell them that every single thing about the masculine is wrong and you basically feminize and unicate them, turn them into eunuchs and then you import high testosterone men from the Third World who don't believe any of this garbage, who grew up in a society where they understand the only way to succeed is to be a fearsome predator.

To a degree. What do you think is going to happen? Like, who's supposed to protect the sanctity of these nations and these settlements and these towns and villages? The police? No, in general, I would argue that it's the masculine essence that can be detected by the people who arrive.

I guarantee if you were to pick up, put a bunch of these migrants in Sarajevo or Moscow, they behave themselves. I have a feeling they'd just look around and go, not today, but when you knew, or the native populace, then it's like, well, there's a power vacuum. And when there's a power vacuum, what do we expect to happen? What are the French going to do about it? What's your average Englishman going to do about it?

Nothing. And that's the thing. And that makes you wonder, is this purposeful, these two actions of neutering the native populace and importing these high testosterone Third Worlders are so at ODS with each other. Is this purposeful? I'm not sure, but has anyone considered this?

So, yeah, it's interesting because you talk about these are huge and intentional trends. They're historically transformative trends. They're a big deal, so they're probably not happening by accident, right? There's got to be some intent. How could there not be that's right?

And how do they expect all of this to end? And this is exactly what's happening with migration. The problem with migration specifically is that there's no native masculine populace to enforce any degree of culture or boundary or parameter. And like I said, I would argue the point. And I've been to Sarajevo and I've been to Moscow, I've been to these places and I've seen there's a whole bunch of migration and everybody seems to just behave a little bit differently.

And I think that's because people understand did men live here. That men live here. If you turn up in someone's house and their house is pristine, you're probably going to take your cup and you're going to go put it in the kitchen. But if you turn up in somebody's house and it's a fucking mess and nobody respects the house and nobody cares, and the man is drugged out of his mind, half asleep on the couch, what are you going to do with your cup? You're going to leave it there?

You don't give a shit. If you turn up to the Western world looking, then you're going to hit on his wife. Absolutely. So what do we expect to happen in these scenarios? Right.

And it is purposeful and it is scary that even me just telling men to go to the gym is seen as an act of defiance to the point where I have to be punished. I must go to jail, I must be silenced. Thermometer must be broken at the end of all of this, no matter what happens. Do you plan to stay in Romania? I love Romania.

I love this country. And if I am found not guilty, I will stay in Romania. Yeah. I will still stay here. I don't believe in running away.

I also believe, and perhaps this is yeah, I didn't even want to ask you that because legal case pending. But I mean, presumably you're rich enough to run away when you have it. Correct. I'm not going anywhere. I think if I was anywhere in the Western world, this would have happened to me.

I don't think this is Romania's fault, let's put it that way. I don't think this is Romania's fault. I think if I resided in Switzerland or France or Italy, the same thing would have happened. From knowing what I know, I think it was going to happen to me regardless. And I think I do have a large amount of sympathy the especially amongst the Romanian population.

I get thousands of messages a day from Romanians apologizing to me. I think the people here actually like me. My waiter at lunch yesterday is one of them. He wanted you to know. Yeah.

Amazing. This is what I mean. Everyone understands what's happening. My problem is not with Romania. I don't hold any personal grudges against Romania.

I think that this Matrix attack was going to come to me. What is the Matrix? Good question. I guess some Americans call it the deep state, but I like to look at it in a more global way. When I say The Matrix, I think there are certain agendas which are being pushed.

I think the media machine and the judicial systems of the world work together hand in hand. I think the goal is to control people's minds to a point where they don't discuss anything that's important. The reason I use The Matrix is because I've watched that movie a few times, and it has so many similarities. To the have you seen the movie? No.

You've never seen the movie The Matrix? No, I don't watch any movies. I don't want to talk about it on camera. No, I'm very dyslexic, and it's hard for me to watch video. Got it honestly understood.

But there's so many similarities, and the basic premise is that humans minds are controlled and put inside of a false reality so that their body heat can be manifested for the machines. And I don't think it's much different to reality. Our minds are controlled. We're put in a false version of reality. We're told things aren't true.

We're arguing over things that don't matter. We're observing a false version of events. And the goal of it is just to distract us long enough for our bodies to be used for the machines, the soulless. And I think it's pretty similar. Pretty similar.

Striking similarities. And even then, there's a bunch of other similarities which are difficult for me to explain. You haven't watched a movie. But there are agents inside of The Matrix, and the idea of the agent, the purpose of the agent is to make sure that nobody understands how The Matrix really works and to wake anybody's mind up. They want to keep you asleep.

And any person can become an agent at any time. If they're not unplugged, if their mind is not free, they can become an agent. And their job is to keep you asleep. And you see agents all the time. COVID awoken me to agents when I would sit and talk to somebody, and they seemed perfectly rational and normal until I mentioned COVID, and then they'd fully change.

No, it's dangerous. No. What do you mean? What do you mean? Are you crazy?

My grandma got sick, and they became an agent instantly and started repeating the news to me. And I was like, Your grandma got sick? How old is she? 97. Interesting.

Oh, I'd better lock myself in my house then. Dumbass.

Agents exist and the matrix exists. And I think most people's version of the world is a false one. The idea and the world that most people have in their mind and how society functions and how all these things function I genuinely believe is completely false. I think they've all been lied to. I don't think anybody understands how any of the of the world works.

And I try and use some very simple, you know, very simple analogies to wake people up. I said to one of my friends once, I said, if me and you could play video games for $10,000 and you could cheat, would you cheat? He goes, no. I was like, If I was whooping your ass and it was ten grand a game and you could cheat, would you cheat? He goes, yeah.

I was like, all right. So you accept that people cheat to win in a video game for a menial amount of money. Do you think they're not going to cheat for something that matters. Yeah, I think they're not going to cheat for something important. You understand what I'm saying?

How about to get the most important job in the world, president of the United States? I would never kill myself. I mean, people kill each other over insurance fraud. You don't think, right? Yeah.

So when you actually understand how the world really works you know what was really interesting? I remember there was this big military coup. Was it Myanmar or Burma? One of these there was a big military coup like a year ago or something, and nobody really cared. They mentioned on the news a little bit, and I looked at it and I looked into it, and they were talking about how the two political parties were almost 50 50.

And then in the 90s, something changed. And now one political party just smokes the other one. And the military took over to restore democracy and all this stuff. It was very interesting to voting machines they used. Really interesting something to look into a lot of countries like that.

Philippines also true. Why do you think support for the war in Ukraine support for Ukraine side in the war against Russia support for a war against Russia in the west is kind of the bottom line issue for the people who run the US government and for the American media. Why? I guess you could argue about it, but there isn't an argument about it in the United States. There's a position, and anyone who doesn't hold it is attacked and punished.

Why? Why is that so important? Well, the first thing I think we should all do is I think we should all give Putin credit for curing COVID. Right? Because when his invasion happened, COVID went away.

So thought about that. Think about it. It's almost to the day. So we have to give him some credit at least for doing that. He may be the bad guy of the world, but at least he cured COVID for everybody nearly instantly.

Fair. Thank you for thank you, President Putin. Yeah, i, up until this point, never really commented too heavily on politics. Yes. But I understand very well.

I like to believe what's happening with Ukraine and Russia. And what I will say to the people who are watching this at home is that if you are naive enough to believe that there are good guys and bad guys in wars and it's as simple as good, and bad and that the bad guys are crazy and the good guys want freedom, then you need to do a little bit more investigation into what's really happening. And when you look at the vested interest of any country or any person, can I just ask you to pause and just comment? That's the truest thing, what you just said. And anyone who doesn't understand that should shut the fuck up.

And I mean it. Having seen war, anyone who's telling you that it's Churchill versus Hitler is an idiot. Completely. Well, I'll give an example. When my father was still alive excuse me?

Yeah. No, it's true. When my father was still alive, my father died six or seven years ago. I was a lot younger. The war in Afghanistan was going on.

He died six or seven years ago. How old was he? 56. Oh, gosh. Yeah, he died.

But the war in Afghanistan was going on. And I remember asking my dad saying, why do the Taliban even fight and resist the American war machine? They don't stand a chance. Like, why are these terrorists even fighting against the American war machine? And my dad said, they're fighting for their way of life.

They want their wife and they want their children, and they want their society and their language, and they don't want pride flags, and they don't want American bullshit, and they don't want to be told what to do. And they're fighting to be a culture and be a people which is independent in and of itself. Like, they're not the bad guys you think they are. They're people who are like, Why are you here? What do you want?

We don't agree with that. That's against our holy book. Fuck off. Right. So even there's no such thing as good and bad in any war.

Who is your father? My father was a chess master. He worked for the CIA when he was he was a linguist for the CIA. And then he was American. American.

He was discharged and for a story I won't tell. But he was a chess master, and he is very interesting. I encourage people to look at his Twitter. He still has Twitter at Tate. Terrific.

And everything he was talking about eleven years ago is so important now. Eleven years ago, no one cared about we had the Dawn Bass in 2014. People cared a bit, but he was literally he predicted the future. You want to see how chess players can see the future? Read his Twitter.

Everything from LGBTQ, why they need your kids because they can't have their own, to the war that's coming and how Europe's going to have an energy crisis, to the letter all on his Twitter. It's amazing to read it's like he told you could tell the future. Ten years ago, no one talked about any of this stuff. Did he live in the US? Yes.

He lived in America. Fascinating. Yeah, it's crazy. But he was telling me about a lot of this stuff even when I was a lot younger. And as we said, there's no good guys and bad guys.

But when you have a vested interest in something, I think that people are relatively simple. You're talking about why the American government has such a vested interest in this war, which is not good for America. Which is not good for America. So is it well, we can say it's for money or we can say it's for power? What else would it be for?

Is it really for freedom and democracy? Well, I think that's already been destroyed by Zelensky, hasn't it? So what is it for if it's not for money and power? And then you say, well, who is the money and the power going to? These are logical conversations.

It's a very logical thought process. I agree. Wouldn't it be interesting to say, okay, I woke up. I'm an american. I would never kill myself.

I woke up. I'm an american. Why does America care? Well, I guess it's for money or power. There's no other reason.

Okay, well, America wants to be a rich, powerful country. That's fine. Is the money and power going to America, or is it going to a select few individuals? Are those select individuals interested in me, in my life? Do they care about benefiting me?

Do I need to support the power grab of these select few individuals? Is that going to be a smart move for me to make, for me to have the best possible human experience? These are very logical thought process, yes. People don't seem to think anymore. They believe that there's a good guy and there's a bad guy, and one team's completely good, and one team's completely bad, one team's crazy.

They often use the word crazy because to be completely bad, you have to be crazy, right? So you're crazy. He's crazy. Just for no reason. Just reasonless.

Insanity. I don't know if you saw Lukashenko with the BBC. Did you ever see that interview? No. Oh, brother, please watch it.

The way he destroys the BBC. I thought I did the best job, but I take second place. Amazing. But yeah. And you just have to be critically thinking.

And then after you're critically thinking, you have to be brave enough. And this is the real pandemic of the world as cowardice. You have to be brave enough to look around you and realize everything was a trick, everything was a lie. But why not be a coward? It's just a lot easier, right?

Well, it used to be. This is the thing that's interesting. I would actually argue in the 1950s and 60s, if you were to agree with every single narrative and obey every single law and do exactly what you were supposed to do and pay your taxes, et cetera, you'd at least get a wife who respected you. You'd at least have children who go to school without being indoctrinated to a degree. You could have a nice house, you could have a pickup truck.

You could have a pretty good life if you just followed the rules. Yes. I don't think that's true anymore. I think that if you are a man especially and this is what I talk about I talk about masculine issues if you're a man who was born and you decide to do exactly as you're told, you're going to end up depressed, in debt, working a job that you hate with a wife who doesn't respect you, with kids who don't listen to you in a house you don't own until she leads you. And then you contemplate suicide a while.

And maybe you might find some purpose towards the end, enough to survive and pay your taxes. And then you're gone. I don't think a man who just follows the programming is going to find any happiness. But they don't care. Why would they?

They have no interest in masculine happiness, is another thing that's very interesting. They talk about men's mental health all the time, especially in the UK. I'm not sure about America, but in the UK, they had this big drive from men's mental health, saying that men commit more suicides, men a lot more, because it's hard to be a man. We commit more suicides, we're more depressed, we have all these mental health problems. I come along, I genuinely get thousands of emails a day saying I'm helping people men's mental health.

But, no, can't help it. The way Andrew wants. You can't tell him to go to the gym and stand up for themselves and have pride. What kind of man's going to have a solid mentality and not have mental health issues if he has no pride? That's part of being a man.

Part of being a man is proud of yourself. If you wake up and you're not proud of who you are and how you look and the things you say, how you ever going to have a solid mentality? So when I teach things that genuinely help men's mental health, that's outlawed. No, you're not allowed to do that. Instead, you have to take our version, which is to pretend to care about men's mental health, but not give a shit.

Give them a life they know they're not going to enjoy, pay taxes and die. And men are the backbone. Medicate them and medicate them. Medicate them long enough to keep working the same way as we medicate farm animals, bunch of injections. Just keep them alive long enough to get the milk, milk's gone, chop the head off.

Boom. They need to put you in prison. They're trying. Yeah, I can see why they're trying, and it's scary a lot of people. But then what do I do?

Do I just shut up? No. You don't think so? No, you can't shut up. I mean, because in the end, your self respect, your dignity, is the only thing that's right.

And this is what people don't understand. People say, Andrew, why are you fighting this war? And they don't understand that war is certain. You either fight war against injustice and you fight war against the things you know that are wrong and you feel good inside of yourself, or you accept the slave programming and fight a war with your own mind. You have to fight something.

I can shut up and believe what I'm told in the news, but then I won't why am I so unhappy all the time? Why am I depressed? Why does my life suck? Why does my woman ignore me? Why do my children not respect me?

Then you're fighting a war with your own mind. I'd rather have all of me on side and fight against what I know is genuinely evil. You can't escape the battle. The battle is here for all of us. So I've made my decision and that's why I can't be quiet because you just said I would lose my self respect and I'd lose my dignity and I don't think I can function that way as a man and I don't think any man should be able to function without self respect and me?

The reason men died on the Titanic was for self respect and dignity. They went into the icy cold water and died because they would feel honorless if they jumped on the boat and left the women to die. That's right. So when you have self respect and dignity you have a hard parameter and you'll do things that which are deemed crazy or insane because you believe in them and you stick up for yourself and that's why they don't want men to have self respect and dignity. Rather be a free man in your grave.

Absolutely. So I can't be quiet and I'm going to say what I believe is true and I genuinely believe I'm helping the world. I think that any young man who is a follower of mine, I will argue there's no influencer on the planet besides me who is genuinely benefiting their life. I know you're not big on the internet. I look at these other streamers and these other influencers.

They play video games all day, they smoke weed on stream, they talk garbage. It's a bunch of drama back and forth like girls. I'm the only influencer or streamer who's genuinely talking about making money because you need to have money to escape the matrix. It's very hard to resist enslavement when you have to pay the bills. Getting physically strong because a strong body is a strong mind, standing up for yourself, self motivation, all these things.

I'm talking about genuinely positive things. Very few people are. And I think that is an extremely important message that needs to be told and I'm not going to stop doing it because I know I'm genuinely helping the world and they're going to try and punish me for it for the rest of my life. I think this is just beginning and I think when I beat this case, which I believe I will beat, I think something else is going to come. And it's kind of scary because I am a little bit afraid and a little bit intimidated by the incompetence of my enemy because their standardized playbook is now failing in real time.

The standardized playbook is the media attack, the lie and it's not working anymore. And it got me a little bit worried about what the next move is. You used to just be able to lie about guy over the news and you win, right? But now it's like, Shut up. So now what?

I don't know. And that's what's kind of scary in my scenario, because nobody's going to believe any of the crap they print about me. Nobody believes it. Nobody believes it. Whenever I do an interview with the Matrix media, nobody believes they have to turn the comments off because everyone the comments are just ripping them apart.

You do seem very sad. On the verge of killing yourself, are you? Absolutely not. Really not. I never would.

And that's what you said, that I have to keep saying it. I have to keep saying it because it's scary. Right. But I believe you get three lives. I think they cancel you initially, and then when that fails, they try and put you in jail without a reason.

And if that fails, there's only one option left after that. That's right. So I'm in a very scary scenario, but I guess the same as the men on the Titanic just couldn't get on the lifeboat. I just can't stop saying what I believe to be true. If a young man comes to me and says he's depressed, I'm going to tell him how to become a kind of man who's proud of himself.

And if that makes him the kind of person that resists slave and slave programming, I'm always going to be public enemy number one. You've said depression isn't real, or it's not as the way we describe depression isn't accurate. What do you think of depression? When I say depression isn't real, that really upset the world, especially the liberals, because they all live on medication, right? When I say depression isn't real, I'm saying that because I don't believe in things that can take away power from me.

If I believed in depression, I would have been depressed in jail. But I can't be depressed if I don't believe in it. If you don't believe in ghosts, how could you be haunted? You have two people in a haunted house. One believes in ghosts, one doesn't.

There's a knock in the night, one wakes up, calls an exorcist, is terrified, looks for a ghost. The other guy doesn't believe in ghosts, knock in the night, goes back to sleep. It's the belief in the ghost that gives it the power. If I don't believe in depression, I believe in feeling depressed. Sure, we're humans, we have emotions.

Sometimes we feel depressed, sometimes we feel happy. I don't believe in the idea of becoming a depressed person who has depression. I don't believe in that. I don't think that's possible for me. So if I don't believe in it, how can it happen?

I don't believe in depression, so why would I not adopt the mindset that makes me the most capable predator I can possibly be? Why not adopt a mindset that makes me as competent and as fearsome as possible if you've to install software in your own mind, why would I not install software that makes me capable of not only driving a bugatti and flying on private jets, but sitting in a Romanian dungeon covered in cockroaches? I need to be able to do all of it. So why would I believe in something that made me incapable? I don't believe in depression because I think that even the belief in and of itself, when you feel depressed, you'll start to consider, maybe I have depression.

Then you go see a psychiatrist who tells you have depression. Then they want you on pills. It's the belief that goes down the spiral. If I feel sad, I go, I'm depressed today, I'll be fine tomorrow. So why I suspect you're right?

Or what you're saying is pointing toward truth. That's my personal view. But even if I disagree with you, okay, I disagree with you. Why is that so offensive, what you just said? Well, that's what's interesting.

Because when I said depression wasn't real, the number of people who would attack me defending depression, this is why I didn't understand. You say depression isn't real, but depression has ruined my life and it's super real and it's ruined my life and I lost my marriage. I'm like, if I told you it wasn't real, you should be coming to me saying, tell me how it's not real. Please help me with my depression. Why are you trying to convince me that it's real?

Why are you sticking up for it? Why are you defending depression? And why would I adopt the thinking of someone who's sad? You're going to convince me to take your worldview? You just told me your wife left you, you're fat and you want to kill yourself.

And you want me to sit here and go with my perfect life and go, you know what? I want to think like this guy. You're at your mind. I don't believe in it. And because I don't believe in it, it's made me the kind of person who can't become depressed.

And the reason they don't like me attacking that is because depression is a fantastic way to subdue a population, right? If everybody's depressed, it's hard to have a revolution. You're depressed, oh, they've locked us all in our houses. I don't want to go outside anyway, I'm sad, right? So depression is a fantastic tool of population control.

They have no problem with you being depressed. They have a problem with you being the opposite, principled and energetic. No, you don't want principled, energetic people, that's a problem. A bunch of depressed people, easy. If you were to invade a country, would you rather the opposing army be principled and energetic or depressed?

I'll tell you, I would not want to be invaded by a cheerful army. Absolutely scary. They're having too much fun, right? You want them all to be depressed. So a morose army is easier to defeat.

I agree. Absolutely. So depression is a defended idea. You're not allowed to even talk about it. You're not allowed to help people get out of it.

Right. They like the idea of a depressed population. And this is what I say to people now. I'm not stupid. I understand, like, PTSD is real.

I understand mental health is real. I'm not saying that. But I say if you're an 18 year old boy or 18 year old man and your life is pretty much okay, bacteria didn't steal your eyesight, which could have happened. You never had a car crash and lost both of your legs, which could have happened, you're actually very fortunate, and you wake up and you say, I'm depressed. I think you're an idiot.

I don't think you're depressed. I think you've been psyoped. I think you feel a little bit of depression, and you can fix that by changing your life. I think if you became rich and strong and smart and successful and you worked hard and you dedicated yourself and you were motivated and you tried your very, very best to become excellent, you probably wouldn't feel depressed anymore, which means it's not a disease, is it? The only reason you're even saying you have depression is because you believe in it.

So you're arguing for cause and effect. You're saying if you live a certain way, you're going to feel a certain way. Absolutely. And I also would argue that I think we've evolutionarily, even though I do believe in God, I think that we've designed ourselves, and the human has grown into a way where if you feel depressed or sad, I think that's a fantastic trigger or a warning signal to do something. If you were to say to me, andrew, you have to complete this monumental task, you have to conquer the world, I would say, okay, but I need an emotional motivation to do that.

I need to be unhappy having not completed the task. I need to be uncomfortable, right? If you're uncomfortable being out of shape, you'll get in shape. If you're happy being out of shape, then you're just going to stay out of shape, right. So if you feel a degree of uncomfortableness inside of your mind, I think it's just your mind telling you that something about your life needs to change.

Yes. You need to get up and change something. Guys would say to me, I'm depressed because I'm fat and I have no girlfriend. And I'd say, no, you have no girlfriend and you're fat and that's why you're depressed. If you go change those two things, you'd probably be surprised that your disease goes away.

I had another guy said he was going to kill himself. I said, Listen, back when I used to reply to my emails when I was smaller, I said, make me a promise. Get a six pack first of beer. I said, Get a six pack first. Get in fantastic shape.

And then do whatever you want. Didn't want to kill himself once he's in. Fantastic. So he did it? Yeah.

After. Before and after I put him on Twitter. Kind of interesting that, isn't it? So how are we going to say we have this disease, which is cause and effect? How are we going to say we have this disease where there's something wrong with you as a man, you have a disease because your life sucks.

I mean, I don't think that's true. I think that your life just sucks and you should change it. And another thing I also preach, and this is another thing that's very important. I also think as a man, because life as a man is pain and suffering. And when I say that, because you're never going to be a good man or good at being a man without pain and suffering, you're going to have to go through a bunch of shit and have a terrible life to become a good man, I think you should embrace that and accept it.

And I think that the correct mental model for men to have is a degree of stoicism and not to be too concerned with even how they feel. If I woke up today happy, if I woke up today and happy, I would have done this interview with you. If I woke up today sad, I would have done this interview with you. What's the difference? Why put so much importance on my emotion if certain things must be done?

I must work. I must train. I must see Tucker Carlson, I must resist the matrix. I've got things to do. So why are we going to sit around and talk about how I feel if it doesn't even affect how I act?

And as a man, it shouldn't. Because there's too much to do. And the masculine world is hyper competitive. This is another thing most people don't understand. It's hyper competitive out here.

All the women want a few men at the top. The Ferrari. You. You don't want a Ferrari to drive fast. You want a Ferrari because other men want a Ferrari and can't have one.

It's hyper competitive. So if you're competing against every other man for every dollar you make, every girl you see, the house you live in, the car you drive, the life you live, you're not going to be able to compete with the person who performs regardless of how they feel. If you only compete when you feel like competing. Right. Because there's men like me out there who will be sad every day and outcompete you regardless.

I don't care how I feel. I will still win. And that's the kind of mindset you need to adopt. So I don't win. A man come on a job to do.

Stop whining, go to work. Completely. I agree completely. So when men say I feel sad, who cares? The world doesn't care.

All the men who are out here to. Destroy you and take your girl. Don't care. So why do you care? The person who should care least is you.

You're the only person who wakes up every day who should have a genuine vested interest in improving your life. Nobody else wakes up and wants to improve your life, only you. So if nobody else cares about how you feel, why do you care? So my argument also for depression is you're depressed. Fine.

Have you trained today? That doesn't change what you should do with your life, depressed or not. And I don't say this because I'm an eternally happy person, I say this because I've experienced all ranges of human emotion. I was in a Romanian jail cell with cockroaches crawling all over me as I slept. I never missed a day of training.

I wouldn't say I was particularly happy, but push ups must be done, so they got done. You're very close to your brother correct. And you were locked away for part of that with him. Did you have fun at all with him? Yes, I do think there's something inside of men, whereas if you're with your boys or you're with your group of men yes, there's something inside of us.

Totally. And it allows you to make the absolute best of the worst situations. Maybe that's an evolution from war. All the men went to war and you saw all this pain and suffering and you saw heads, people decapitated and you're injured, but then you sit around the campfire and you're laughing, you're laughing. That's right.

It's something inside of us. It's like a coping mechanism when you're around men. So when me and him were together, no matter how bad the scenario or no matter what they tried to do to us, part of us would just look at each other like, cigarette. And you find joy in that. And, yeah, there's definitely and that's another thing I think a lot of men are lacking, a lot of men are missing is a masculine support network.

Buddies. Buddies. You talk to a guy and say, what was the highlight of your life? What was the best time of your life? And they'll say, Ah, college football.

It's not about the football, it's about the team. Yeah. And I think a lot of that's destroyed as well, because also, it's interesting how everything interconnects when you destroy honor and principle and the masculine essence inside of men. Well, now, as a man, it's very hard to have friends. I wouldn't want to have a male friend who had no principles, no honors, and didn't work hard and was always crying about being sad.

What do I want to hang around with him for? He's a loser. Right, so then your support network is destroyed. And I think that men have always needed that since the dawn of time, and I think that's gone. But they don't have friends.

Men, especially middle aged men, have no friends. Absolutely. Because they've been told that to give them all away and do as the wife says. And then she left him. No wonder he wants to kill himself, wouldn't you?

No wonder he's depressed. It sounds like the worst existence ever. And now we're living in a world now especially where everything is hyper competitive, especially the sexual marketplace. Like, if you're a 52 year old, overweight average income, no fame, dude, and you have to find a girl, it's going to be pretty difficult to find a good one. It's going to be very hard.

So of course he's lonely, and then his kids don't respect him. They're busy. Of course he's sad. It's actually heartbreaking to discuss. It is heartbreaking.

It's heartbreaking. But then how do you prevent that happening? Well, then you need to be a man of honor and principle and make sure that you keep your support networks and make sure that your woman does respect you. And a woman's going to respect you when she sees other men respect you. Yes.

And they're only going to respect you if you respect yourself. But to respect yourself, you have to be the kind of person who says no. What do you think of porn? There's been some statistics. There's been some studies done.

Most men or less men are having sex than ever before. I've seen that. Yeah. And that's that well, that's an extension of the fact that masculine virtue is being destroyed. That's the thing that's interesting about all these things.

They psyop, especially men. They say, listen, women want a feminist man. Women want a man with no moral principle who would make sure that there's a conversation about who should fight the burglar when your house is broken into. Because equal opportunities, equal rights, of course, don't presume just because you're a man that you should defend her physically. Of course not.

That makes you a bigot and a misogynist. So they convince men to adopt these virtues in ways, and of course, women by and large dislike them for it. So now, as men's, as masculinity has plummeted, a whole bunch of men are simply not having sex anymore. And then they become addicted to porn, which is cucking effectively. Two people are having sex and you're just watching it.

Good point. And it's become a pandemic. Right. So men are replacing genuine sexual relationships with just the computer screen and porn, and it's becoming a very, very big problem. And that's also exasperated by the fact that I think the sexual marketplace has become globalized.

This is the thing I say to young men. A lot of men come to me with problems, and my only answer to them is masculine excellence. I say that in the world we live in today, being a normal man or below normal is going to be terrible. You have to be an exceptional man, because the sexual marketplace, especially even if you just want to find a wife, is globalized. In 1955, if you met the hot girl in the Nebraskan town.

She was the hot girl in the Nebraskan town. If you meet her today, she's being offered to go to Corsioval and go skiing in France, and she's being offered to fly to Dubai. And there's millionaires who can just fly her anywhere and give her anything she wants. And who are you? It's getting harder and harder as a man to even find the most basic human function of reproduction.

Even to just find a woman you can reproduce with, it's becoming more and more difficult. You also couple that with the fact that they've destroyed morality in women also. So when you destroy the morality in men and you destroy how a man should act, and then you destroy how a woman should act, you're both going in the opposite direction. Most women out there are very happy to share a man who's just rich and famous and they don't care. So if you're the normal guy, there's this rich, famous guy with 30 girls, that's 29 dudes who are lonely and end up watching porn.

And if you have a porn addiction or you have a problem with porn, you have a problem with yourself. Because I guarantee if you were the kind of man you're supposed to be, you would have no time for that and you wouldn't need it. I can confirm that's absolutely not really the case. Yeah. So the fact you even need porn shows, there's a problem with you as a man, because if you were the kind of man you could be, and I genuinely believe that any man can become anything, then you'd have unlimited sexual options and you would have no interest in that.

And I do want to make this clear to the world because there's a bit of a misconception about my story. My father was in the military, and then he left to become a professional chess player. He was a traveling chess player layer. You don't make money with that. My mother and father broke up at age nine.

We moved to England purely because you get more help from the state. I was raised on welfare in Marsh Farm, which is the worst area of the worst town, Luton, with the highest crime rate. I went to a school with a 4% pass rate. Single mother household, effectively started from absolutely nothing, became a kickboxing world champion. Your mother was English.

English, correct. So I started at the absolute lowest echelon of life, and I would like to consider myself pretty somewhere near the top. Now, I've been through absolutely every stage. So when I say to men, you can become anything you want, and my answer to you is masculine excellence, there's no other answer. I can't tell you how to rig the game and cheat the game.

If we're all racing a race and I have a Ferrari and you have a Nissan, I mean, sure, you can get a bit better at driving, but you're probably going to lose. You have to get a better character to play this game of life. So that's why I preach masculine excellence. Because for many of the world's problems today, porn, sexual access, being respected by your peers, making sure that your wife's going to stay with you after the children are born, for a very long time, being happy, anything, it all comes down to who you are as a man. A lot of the answer, the only answer, is masculine excellence.

There's nothing you can do besides hard work. Accept the trauma and pain and suffering and work harder than everyone else around you worked. And that's why porn is a problem. So I will genuinely say to any man out there who finds himself loading up that website, go take a look in the mirror and realize why no one wants to fuck you.

And I said this to guys before. If you were a girl with all the choices she has, would you choose you? Think about it. And if you're honest with yourself, a lot of these guys, if they look in the mirror and go, you know what? No, I wouldn't choose me.

Work out why and do something about it. Absolutely not. Our self accountability, this is something that's also missing. I take accountability for everything in my life. Even going to jail, although it was unfair, although it's a Matrix attack, although it's garbage.

It was my fault. I sat there and go, what did I do wrong? How can I learn from this? Where is my part to play in this? What did I do?

Because my actions are what I have the most control over. I have self accountability for everything. If a woman doesn't want to sleep with me, I don't sit and say, women are this way. Society is that way. I just sit and say, okay, why?

What can I change? So any man who's loading up porn needs to go have a long conversation in the mirror and realize that he's not desirable or as desirable as he should be or could be. I come from absolutely nothing. I'mixed race. My father was black and my mother's white.

So statistically, mixed race, single household, single mother household, bad area. I ticked every box to end up in jail. I ended up in jail for the wrong reason. You fulfilled your destiny. Can't escape statistics.

I ticked every box to be a delinquent, and I refused to be one. I absolutely not refused to be a delinquent. I said, no, that's not who I want to be. I want to be a superhero. And I know the only way to be a superhero is to, one, suffer like Batman did.

His parents died, and two, work hard. What does your mother think? My mother is exceptionally proud of me. She still worries because mothers worry. But even when we were in jail, she said, well, I know you're both strong, so she knows she has men.

She knows she has. That's pretty great. Yeah, of course, I believe especially also I think a man has a duty to his last name. I think we carry the last name. We have a duty to our last name.

I am a tate. I am my father's son. The reason my father so is discussed so heavily is because of my monumental success. I keep him alive via my success. I would love to think my son does the same thing.

They will talk about my son in a way where they're so interested in his life path that I must be discussed by extension. And then I live forever. So I have a duty to tate, I have a duty to my last name. I must perform. And this is what I said to my mother on the phone.

I'm a Tate, it's fine, but the conditions are bad. Yeah, that's life. And even as a man today you're waking up, you want to load up a porn website, you should have respect for your last name and you should sit and say, is this who I am? Is this what I do? A lot of this comes down to the things we discussed at the very beginning self respect, honor, dignity.

Well, you have no dignity. I have too much dignity for that shit. And a lot of these men have no dignity, no self respect. And it's all an extension extends of why they're never going to be who they could be and also what they do to cope with that. And, yeah, porn is a coping mechanism.

What do you think of women? I think women are some of the most powerful people on the planet. Firstly, a lot of the conversations we're having, most people don't understand that women are the gatekeepers and women are the ultimate judges. Women are the ultimate judges, especially of sexual access, right? So when I say that maybe 40% of the letters I got in jail were from women just love letters, perfume on them and kiss kiss marks, and the traditional masculine role is still respected and loved by so many women.

If you were to ask the average woman on the street who hasn't lost her mind what she wants in a man, she would like to be financially provided for, physically protected. I love women. I think they are the most powerful and precious things on the planet. They give life. But I believe that when you love a woman, you should want to protect her and provide for her and take care of her.

I don't believe you love a woman by wanting to do everything she says and cucking to her. I don't believe that because I love women, I should have no standards on what I expect in a woman. I don't think loving women is sitting there going, a woman can do whatever she wants to me and I put up with it. I don't think that's loving women at all. I think loving women is saying, I'm going to be the best man I can be and the only way I'm going to be a good man is with a degree of standard and I'm going to be the best man I can be for you.

And when I say these things, I get attacked for being a misogynist, because how is that? I think misogynist means someone who hates women. Correct. Because I have conversations with women who are let's say I've done some podcasts with women who are very promiscuous and I've explained to them that since the dawn of human time, in every single society across the planet, promiscuity in females has been frowned upon. Yes, that's true.

It hasn't been frowned upon in men, but it has been in women. I explained in a big way, in a big way, in many parts of the world to this day, you can't get married if you're not a virgin. I'm not saying all women should be virgins. I was explaining to her that female promiscuity has always been hated. In every holy book it's disliked.

You've bought into this new think the last ten years and you seem to think it's empowering. And I would argue that it's not empowering. And I sat there and had a conversation with this promiscuous woman and I said to her that she is doing herself a disservice and she's dishonouring herself and she's never going to be happy or fulfilled jumping from bed to bed. And I was told that this makes me misogynistic, because women are empowered and they can make whatever choices they want. And I'm insecure to believe that a woman who slept with 300 men is somehow changed mentally and her ability to bond and love a man has been affected by that.

But it is that's true. Well, unfortunately, you're going to end up in a Romanian jail cell for being a misogyny. No, I mean, I love women and I've seen it and that is true, what you said. The thing that's interesting is that women intrinsically understand this, because if you see a woman dislike another woman, what's the first name she calls her slut. It's the first thing a girl says to a girl she doesn't like it's.

The biggest insult that comes to her mind is that she's promiscuous. Right? So it's interesting, but I've been a call to misogynist for that. And then I've been on the internet for a long time. I've made some jokes, I've made some videos, and people don't understand satire or comedy.

There's one that they keep repeating. I made a joke next to my bed. I had a glock, like many people do, and then I had a knife next to my bed and there was a comedic skit where it said, the girl caught me cheating and she picked up the knife and I slapped out of her hand and say, you still love me. And they cut the bit out where I talked about the girl attacking me with the knife. They just took the bit where I say, slap the knife out of her hand.

You're the boss. DA DA. And they he's a misogynist. He's a misogyny. And it's just taken out of context.

And that's another thing that's happened to me. And I am aware of this. And like I said, I take absolute self accountability. But the way you make jokes and make videos when you get hundred views is very different than the way you would make a joke or make a video when you get millions of views. And when they're trying their best to find that, look at a four hour video and find 3 seconds.

I'll give an example of it where it hurt me. Very recently, I did a podcast where I was discussing corruption. I discussed which country I believe is the most corrupt country in the world. They start a lot of wars. And the answer to that by the person I was discussing it with is, well, you live in Romania.

Romania is corrupt. I said, Romania is corrupt. Correct. But I don't think there's certainly corruption, but they don't start monumental wars which end up in millions of deaths. I would argue that their corruption, because a police man stops me and I can bribe my way out of a parking ticket or a speeding ticket is far less destructive.

So we discussed this at length for hours. They cut out the bit where I said Romania is corrupt and showed it to the judge that kept me in jail. Yeah, that's my problem in a nutshell. Long format content, people will find a little bit, edit it up and try and attack me with it. And that's where this whole misogynistic thing has come from.

It's either from me arguing with promiscuous women on podcasts designed for promiscuous women to argue their point and I destroy them so flawlessly I'm a bad person, or something taken out of context. And it's insane because like I said, the amount of support I get from women is actually monumental. The amount of mothers who write to me and say that their son's doing better than ever, the amount of women who write to me and say that their boyfriend's doing better than ever, the amount of women who love me and just want to meet me. This idea that I'm hated by women is probably the biggest lie about this whole story. I don't want to brag, but I can assure the world that's absolutely not true.

I had thousands of letters of support from women. In fact, there was one girl, never met her. She would play love songs from her car outside the jail. So she'd put the music on and play love songs. And I managed to tweet out, via my cousin, the songs I wanted to listen to.

White snake. Is this love? And she'd play them for me. Never met her. Don't know who she is.

So you're in a Romanian prison cell requesting White Snake on the radio in the car outside. Correct. And some girl would pull up and put kind of a surreal moment, put her speakers on full and play me my love songs for a good, like, three or four minutes for the police would come and make her move. But I got a song a day. But, yeah, this idea that I'm universally hated by women is insanity.

That's not true. So you said you're a mixed race. Your dad was black, your mom was not, was white. English, what do you make of the race conversation in the United States? I think it's deliberately they're trying to put fuel on the fire and they're deliberately trying to accelerate division.

This is what I believe. I think that if a black billionaire and a white billionaire meet somewhere, I don't think there's much conversation about race. No. I don't think there's any racism. Interesting.

They're not that interested in the topic, actually. They don't care. Right. But amongst the lower echelons of the populace, they seem very interested in trying to turn us all on each other. Yes, I wonder why that is.

And I wonder why they deliberately make laws and push media matters which are designed to do exactly that. I wonder why that is. We can sit and I have my own theories, but I think what certain people in the world would be most afraid of is the white people of a certain economic class and the black people of a certain economic class shaking hands and saying, this is bullshit. I think that would be very intimidating for them. So it's certainly accelerated.

And it's also very interesting because as a mixed race person, I will also sit and state I don't look particularly black. Most people can't guess where I'm from. I've had more discrimination against me for being a straight male than I've ever had for my skin color. I've had more people look at me or have problems with me purely because of my sexual orientation and my generally masculine essence than I've ever had anybody say anything about my skin color ever. And I'll also say, if somebody has a real problem with my skin color, who cares?

If someone's that ignorant, who gives a shit? I do find it amazing they managed to psyop people into being so brutally offended by it. If someone would come up to me and say, you're not white, I say, Correct. Have a nice day. Who cares?

It's amazing how they've got everyone wrapped up in this. But, yeah, it's certainly accelerated. And another thing that's very interesting about it, especially in America, a lot of Americans are insulated to, I feel like, world history. Yeah, I've noticed. You know, they're like, oh, slavery, slavery, slavery.

Slavery was everywhere. Every country had slaves. Arabs had slaves, chinese had slaves, aztecs had slaves. Everybody had slaves. The American Indians had slaves.

Everybody did. Correct. And they're like, oh, we've been enslaved. Everyone was enslaved. Unfortunately, the world wasn't such a nice place, right?

And there's been ethnic divisions in every single country on Earth since the dawn of time. There still is in many countries in the world today. They believe this is a uniquely American issue. And I would strongly argue that, one, is completely, utterly naught, and two, I think that if you are black, white, Asian, I think if you stand up, self respect, work hard, try your best, turn up on time, firm handshake, don't make excuses for anything, don't look for an easy way out. No matter what your skin color is in America or England or any other Western nation, I think you can be extremely successful.

I don't think anything's stopping you. That's not the message you get from, say, Kamala Harris, who's also mixed race. Her dad was Jamaican, her mom was Indian, but race is really at the center of her identity and her politics. What do you make of, say, Kamala Harris? Well, let's let's look at why they purport the idea that depression is so powerful and that you can just catch it from the sky, and now you're permanently depressed no matter what happens to you, and there's nothing you can do about it, and you can't improve your life and you can't be a better person.

Right. It's that self limiting belief. I think by also pushing this racism argument, it's also very much the same thing. I think if you adopt that mindset, if you wake up and you're a particular color, you're purple and you believe purple people can't make it, what's your chance of making it? Zero.

Yeah, right. So that's what's so destructive about it. This is why I'll even argue when I argue this point with people and they try and say, oh, but this happens. And they pull out these statistics and all this garbage from The Matrix. I say, Listen, even if the world's racist against purple people, the best thing you can do is be such an exceptional purple person that they need you.

They need you. The only answer is hard work. The only answer is self accountability, masculine essence, honor, dignity, making your ancestors proud of you because you hold the same last name as them. The answer is the same regardless, anyway. But when people at Kamala or Kamala are pushing this racism agenda, they're trying to say to people, effectively, you'll never be anything, and you don't stand a chance of ever being anything.

And I think that that makes people who aren't anything feel a little bit better about themselves. It's Cope and that's the only fans she has left are losers who she's told it's okay to be a loser because there's no way you could have not been a loser. And I will argue you could have been something a lot more than that, and you shouldn't listen to anybody who tells you not to be a loser. If someone were to come to me and say, andrew, you're a mixed race. You're from a single mother household.

You're never going to be rich, I'll say, Watch me. I don't believe you. I don't believe you. Who are you? So everything she's saying is, one, wrong.

Two, it's destructive to believe in three. I think it's her last hope at having any kind of fan at all, because she's largely incompetent. I don't think I've ever heard her put a compenduous, coherent sentence together.

And perhaps also, maybe that's the reason why she leans so heavily on race, because she's not impressive or competent. So she can say, oh, but I'm this color and I did it, instead of actually talking about how good of a job she's doing. Because if you have to discuss that part of her career or that part of her current life path, I think she'd be in a lot of trouble. I want to show you video of Joe Biden's challenger for the Democratic primary. Robert F.

Kennedy, Jr.

Runner. Runner. Runner. Run it.

So let's go, let's go, let's go.

Up.

What do you think of him? I think a strong body is a strong mind. I don't think there's anything wrong with the man exercising all until up until the age he dies. Why wouldn't he? I think that the bottom line of masculinity since the dawn of human time has been a propensity and a capability for violence.

I think that's what makes a man a man. I don't see any possible negative connotation with being in good physical shape. I think that's a fantastic way to show discipline, which is very important in any man who's important, especially a world leader. In fact, I love the idea of an elected world leader being in fantastic physical shape. I think it shows that they're a motivated, disciplined person, and I have a lot of respect for them for that.

And I think that in the military, we make it mandatory, right, to be in fantastic physical condition? Yes. So why wouldn't we have it mandatory for people who are in charge of the entire world? I think it's fantastic. The President of the United States seems to be failing physically.

As you look back at the country whose passport you hold at the President, what's your reaction? Well, sometimes, and it's not very often, I consider myself ignorant, but I feel like there must be some magic I missed, because wasn't he the most voted for president in history? Oh, yeah. Billions of votes. Yeah.

There must be some magic I just can't detect. Tucker, I don't want to more than Barack Obama. 81 million votes. It's insane. And I mean Barack.

Yeah, sure. He was very intelligent, articulate. He was concise and compenduous with his ideas. He could make you understand how he thinks. Yes.

But Joe must be better in some way. I can't seem to see how and I guess the fault. Is with me. I don't know what to say about that one. It's one of those lies that's so ridiculous that you're just like, okay, he got more votes than Barack Obama.

Shut up. He did. Shut up.

Excuse me, I want to get your take. This is sort of small ball, but I think tells you something about a largest trend in the United States. This is a state senator from the state of Wisconsin in a public hearing recently saying in a discussion on a crime bill, fuck the suburbs. Here she is. Fuck the suburbs because they don't know a goddamn thing about how life is in the city.

What is that? There's a hostility there. Where does that come from? That comes from being a perpetual victim. That comes from being told that everything that's happening to her is not her fault and she has no self accountability.

Even though she's managed to become a senator, somehow, she's still oppressed. And that means that everyone else who looks like her is also completely and utterly oppressed. And anybody who has a slightly better life in any way is, by extension, a bad person because they weren't oppressed. Yes, and that's where the hate comes from. The division is put there by these mindsets which are being purported by the people in charge of the world, convincing you that you have no control at all over your own life.

And that's why she's so resentful towards people who have done well in life, not even as well as her. I would also argue, perhaps I'm incorrect, that she probably lives in a suburb. Of course she does. So she's a hypocrite on top of that. But hypocrites are the fantastic thing about being a hypocrite is if you're a hypocrite with a little bit of power or influence, you're allowed to be a hypocrite because you're spreading information on the larger problem.

In fact, this is actually interesting. One of my funnest things. I'm going to announce this here on your show for everyone to know. This is a world exclusive. I want to become a climate change activist because when I was younger, people would say, what do you want to be when you grow up?

Do you want to be a fireman? You want to be Batman? Et cetera. And I wasn't sure what would really make me happy, but now I'm ultra wealthy, and I fly around on private jets all the time. I think that now is the time for me to become one of those hypocritical climate change actors.

100%. It's going to be super fun. Well, as your carbon footprint grows, your concern about carbon footprints grows. Absolutely. Eat the bugs.

Sell your car. How dare you eat meat on my jet? Of course I have meat, but I'm allowed to be a hypocrite because I'm spreading awareness for the overall pump for the greater good. For the greater good. I have to get to the climate change activist meetings, which happened to be in Switzerland.

I noticed, of course, although I'm flying on well, before this arrest, they're never in New Jersey. Never. So before this arrest, I was on about three or four jets a week, but every single time I was flying on my private plane, I was extremely concerned about the carbon footprint. Of course you were. And so I am now a climate change activist.

I just want to let the whole world know, because once you get to a certain level of power, of influence, you're absolutely not allowed to be a complete hypocrite. So you're allowed to live in the suburb and then tell everyone, fuck the suburbs and pretend that you're oppressed when you're a centerer of the most powerful nation on the planet because it's a logic fail on every level. So one of the human activities has got to produce the greatest carbon footprint is I would think war, right? I would think diesel powered machines, munitions going off. So I was a little bit surprised to see Greta Thunberg with Zelensky this morning.

What's interesting to me is this. Firstly, I would never kill myself. Secondly, imagine these people are so detached from reality. Imagine going, you know what we need to do, brainwave? We need to drum up support for this garbage.

Let's take the the most loved woman, Greta, and the most loved man, Zelensky. Let's make them meet. Think about the PR. Let's bring a camera and imagine people sitting around a table going, that's great. That's going to really make people support this.

Who gives a fuck? I don't want to swear, I'm sorry, but some young girl turns up to a war zone who has nothing. Why is she there? What are they going to talk about? I don't know, but what's their conversation?

I think she only yells. I don't think she does talk. I don't understand. Is she going to talk about how the childhood has been stolen from all those million Ukrainian men who have been blown to pieces? Like, she talks about childhood being stolen because we drive cars.

I don't think she is. I don't think she's going to mention that. Is it just a big PR opportunity? Like, what PR team came up with this concoction and thought, this will keep them on side? It's mind bending to me.

Who even thought this was a good idea? It's crazy. But of course somebody did. Somebody thought it was a fantastic idea. Have you ever met Greta thinberg.

No, but me and her have had some internet arguments. I think you went to prison for it, right? Yeah, correct. Which is amazing because I'm a climate change activist, so I'm on her team. I was in Sweden during COVID so we could have met.

She didn't want to hang out with me, unfortunately. And then now I'm flying around on my jet everywhere, spreading news about climate change. Same thing like in my Bugatti, obviously. It's got a big engine I make sure to talk about climate change out the windows as I drive. But I'm on her side.

She doesn't seem to be. Yell at the serfs as you pass about climate change. Yeah, don't eat meat, eat the bugs. What's wrong with you people? You don't care about the earth.

If you don't start caring about climate change all those politicians with beachfront property are going to lose their houses. Yes. And they're very concerned about climate change which is why they bought their houses on the beachfront. So they can be the first to let you know it's coming. The early warning system.

Right. They're very concerned. That's why they want to be right there on the beach. Quite honorable if you think about it. Kind of on the front lines.

The climate cris absolutely lead from the front. So good.

But one more point about this story. Sorry to go on and on. Oh I love it. But when I say these things, people, you don't care about the environment. And I try and explain to them I love nature.

You love hunting, fishing. You love nature. I love nature passionately. The problem with all of these things is not that I don't like nature. The problem is that nearly any issue which appears to be virtuous on the planet today is Trojan horsed with garbage.

That's the problem. I have no problem with fixing or maintaining or preserving nature. I have a problem with them telling me I have to maintain nature. Them Trojan horsing my bankruptcy into the middle of it, knowing that nature won't be fixed, then telling me it's about nature and telling me I should agree with it. That's my problem.

There's nothing left on the planet, no issue which isn't Trojan horsed with absolute garbage. And if you're going to sit there and tell me that I need to give more money to the government to stop the sun from being hot, I'm going to argue with you that I'd rather keep my money, thank you very much. Yes. So this is a problem with all these issues. It's nearly anything when I argue against some people.

You don't care about the issue. I do. But you're not smart enough to understand that the legislation around this issue is so large hasn't even been read by most of the people voting for it. And there's something in the middle of it which is going to damage every single person's life, which has nothing at all to do with the issue itself. And most people don't understand that.

They coopt people's best instincts, their love of nature, which is a virtue of course, their love of their neighbors during COVID Don't you care about your neighbors? Oh completely. You do? And your grandparents? I revere my grandparents.

Of course. And you're a bad person if you resist. I was a terrible person for going to Sweden. You're a very bad person. You don't care about anyone else.

And that's how they do. It's weaponized virtue and my opposers every single virtuous thing that comes out of their mouth is never from a place of virtue. It's from a place of hate. Yes, it's weaponized. And also and I don't talk about this very often, but people can go right now to Tatepepepledge.com.

I donate $25 million a year to feeding children in war torn countries, especially in the Islamic world, because that's where a lot of the war is. Nobody ever mentions that, ever. No mentions any of the charitable work I do. Nobody mentions any of the lives I save. Nobody mentions any of the people who support me.

They don't mention anything at all. They just come along and say, you're a bad person. I say, well, if I'm a bad person, let's talk about the things you've done to genuinely benefit humanity besides sit on Twitter and talk shit. Have you ever done anything for anybody ever? Are you capable of doing anything?

Because the things that make me a bad person, right? You don't like me for my principles and the fact I stand up for myself, and the fact I have parameters, and I say, no. Everything you hate about me, those are the things that allow me to even do good in the world. If I was like you, mush goo, I couldn't even help anyone. If you had to help someone today, how could you even do it?

You're broke and you're lazy and you're stupid. You can't even enlighten anybody. You can just spread hate. How is that helping the world? These people are a net negative, genuinely.

And that's what's so crazy about being attacked for your morality, like I'm being now. And when you're a good person, in general, they attack your morality, because the people who are attacking you are absolutely not immoral the ultimate hypocriticism, ultimate even more than my private jet climate change stance. So it's certainly unique. I do like to believe, though, we're entering a new stage of consciousness. I do like to believe at least from ten to 15 years ago, more people are I think COVID woke some people up.

I do like to believe the MSM credibility is tanking in real time. Trump helped massively fake news. Two words before Trump. When did you ever hear fake news? I didn't really hear it that often.

Yeah, fake news, fake news, fake news. And he did a fantastic job of that, and he's starting to wake people up. So I'd like to believe there's a degree of us winning, but I just want to make it very clear to the people who attack me and the people who attack anybody who stands up for what they believe in. A lot of their virtue their virtue, their virtue signaling is just hate pedaling. And when they can't call you unsuccessful and they can't call you stupid, they have to find a way to hurt you.

And the only way they can do that is to say you're a bad person. I've noticed. Yes, I have. So here's Joe Biden expressing his concern about how Putin is doing in the war in Iraq. Interesting, hard to tell, but he's clearly losing the war in Iraq.

He's losing the war at home, and he is coming to the fly around the world. Do you think Putin is losing the war in Iraq? I don't think he's losing the war in Iraq. I don't think he's fighting the war in Iraq. Okay.

He also said he's losing the war at home. I don't think he's fighting in Russia, and I'm also not sure he's losing. So it's pretty interesting statement on many levels. It's scary. It's a joke, but it's scary because I would never kill myself.

But I think the reason he was put into office is because he's incompetent. Yes. Because that makes him easy to control and influence. That's what's most scary. It's not scary that he's become incompetent in office.

It's that they looked at him and goes, that's who we need, that guy. That's what's most scary to me. Does it surprise you that the weakest president is also the most destructive? Weak men are always destructive because hurt people. Hurt people?

Yeah. Someone said that to me a long time ago. Hurt people. Hurt people. They were talking about a relationship, and I said, that's true.

If your heart's been broken, you're probably going to be a bit of an asshole and break someone's heart. Hurt people. Hurt people. And then I thought, well, if you're a weak command and you're going through life and you don't have the strength and resilience to resist the trials and tribulations of being a man, and you're constantly hurt by everything, and you're constantly upset and depressed and sad because you're weak, how could you possibly do good? Hurt people.

Hurt people. Right. To do good, you have to be a good person to begin with and to be a good person, you're virtuous, and you've gone through a lot of things that made you strong. This is what's mind bending to me. That the idea that strong men are somehow bad.

And it's the ultimate hypocrisy. Because as soon as something happens, especially physically, as soon as liberals attacked, they call the police. Defund the police. Call the police. Don't be masculine police officer.

They want a big, strong man with a gun. Guns are bad. They want him to have one. Right? So the ultimate hypocrisy on every level is absolutely gnarly, insane.

At the base realities of humanity, the absolute base reality, strength in men is respected and wanted. And I think that the closer you get to unfortunate circumstance, the closer you get to reality. They go hand in hand, and then everyone's looking for the strong men. So strong men should always lead, I believe. And for a longest period of human time, that's how society functioned.

The strongest men led. But in the Western world now, that doesn't seem to be the case anymore. And weak men are emotionally led. They're not particularly stoic, they are impulsive. And I would say that the most heinous acts, perhaps that happen in modern society today are purported and committed by weak men.

I don't think a school shooter is a strong man. I think it's a weak man. I think it's a man who's been picked on, got butthurt, is upset, girls don't like him, never learnt any emotional control. He's the kind of person who does exactly what the TV tells him to do act out your feelings, cry when you want to cry. Well, now he's angry.

So now what? You told him to act out his feelings. What do you expect him to do? I think that weak men do the worst things. I think weak men hurt women.

I think weak men rob stores because they don't want to wake up and work hard and go to work and do it the honorable way. It's a weak man who goes and steals. It's a weak man who beats the shit out of a girl. It's a weak man or school who shoots up a school. This is all weak men stuff.

And society as a whole is telling men to be weaker and weaker. Saying it's somehow the solution to everything. Because being a man is toxically masculine. Being a strong man is bad. It's toxically masculine.

To be a good man, you have to be a very weak one. Well, look at the most heinous acts that are committed in society. Show me a strong, honorable, virtuous man of principle who's doing any of this stuff. So weak men commit the atrocities in this world? Absolutely they do.

And it's weak men who also attack anybody of virtue. Because I think when you're weak, you're intrinsically unhappy. I don't think as a man you can be happy if you're weak. I think happiness and strength go hand in hand. Yes.

I think that's how we're supposed to be, right? Even strength of mind, strength of conviction, strength of something. If you're weak, you're going to be miserable. So I do find satisfaction in the fact that most of the men who truly dislike me are miserable and weak. And also, like I said earlier about women being gatekeepers, women are fantastic.

Women are a fantastic they're like a barometer for society. I would say you can measure the strength of a society or the virtue of a society, or how decayed a society is largely by the actions of many women. I'd like to argue that point. I can argue that point in many different ways. But women really want their man to be strong.

Of course they will punish you for being weak. And I'm not saying you can never cry to your woman. I'm not saying you can never open up to your woman. But there's going to become a time where she expects you to just be capable. There's a problem.

And even if you don't know how to fix it, your job as a man is to say, I'll handle it. Even if you have no money and no hope and to go and find a way to fix the problem. If you're weak and go I don't know, I don't know, she becomes very resentful towards you and she'll punish you for that, that weakness. And I think what she's trying to do on an evolutionary standard is inspire you to man up, because it's your job to protect her, isn't it? Of course.

So if she sees you and looks at you and doesn't see you as a man who could protect her, she can't respect you. So every survey of female happiness in the west shows just in a straight decline since about 970 till now. Women are becoming less happy in the west. I think it's very obvious what accounts for that. How can you be happy when all the men around you aren't men?

Right. We are the most beautiful union that God has possibly created on the planet. A feminine woman and a masculine man. It's the most beautiful union that can possibly exist. It raises children the best.

Both parties are happier, both parties gain. It's a net positive for everybody. There's no negative, there's no downside. But if you destroy one side of the equation, then the other side is going to be completely and utterly miserable and unhappy. How, as a woman, can you be happy if you can't find a man who you believe can protect you, provide for you, sticks up for you, has morals, has principles?

There's none of those men left. So then what they do is just go from man to man trying to find it. And by the time they've been through enough men to maybe find someone semi close to it, they've been through too many men to ever be happy. And then you have the absolute destruction of Western society. We talk about why men don't get married anymore.

I can tell you why I wouldn't want to get married in America. I don't see the point in being married to a woman who's had so many partners before me that she can't properly pair bond with me and then giving her the opportunity to financially destroy me. I think that would be a bad chess move. And I do believe in marriage. I think society would be better if everyone was married.

I'm saying that if you're living in an immoral society, being a moral person, if you're not careful about it, you can get wrecked. If the game is rigged, you'd be very careful if you play it. So how do we encourage men to get married? Well, they need to be worth marrying, but so do the women, right? So everything's decaying on both sides.

Everything's spiraling. One of the reasons I also got called misogynistic, and I'll say it here, I argue the point that for the longest period of human time evolutionarily, women had to adopt and find a way to take the ethos of an opposing tribe perhaps quicker than a man could. Because of war. If the men would fight and a tribe lost and the women survived, they had to change how they thought to fit in with the new tribe to survive. Yeah, because they'd be carried off.

Because they'd be carried off. Of course. Like the French women were sleeping with Nazis. Towards the end of it, towards the end of Paris occupation, all the French women were sleeping with Nazis. When the Nazis got kicked out, the French women had all had their heads shaved because they got caught hanging around with German soldiers.

The German soldiers killed their husband three years later. They need to eat. Do German soldiers have a wage? He's handsome. It's amazing how quickly they can adapt, and that's for their own survival.

That's fantastic. But then if you extrapolate out and you understand that to be true, then you also understand that women are more susceptible to programming. To a degree. I got called misogynistic by saying that if you sit 100 men and 100 women down in front of propaganda, I believe that women are more likely to believe a lot of that. I think a lot of liberals are female.

They're more emotional, and it's easier to convince them of something if you use an emotionally led argument. Right. So if by extension, you now have women who are emotionally led, who are being convinced, and their logic is failing because they're being tricked with an emotionally led argument, and the man they're meeting has no principle and no honor, and he can't resist that. She's in charge of the house. Well, now she's telling the man what to do.

Right. If I would have come home during COVID and my woman said, you need to wear a mask, I'd say, no, I don't. End of conversation. Or if I was a synth, you need to wear a mask. Okay, baby.

All right. So the women are also largely in charge of the psy op because the men are so desperate to get any kind of connection with a real person and avoid the porn screen. And then these women are being controlled by the mass media as a whole. I say this to I have children. I don't talk about it often, but I say it to the mothers of my children.

I say, look, either we program their minds or society does. Who do you believe in? Everyone is being programmed by somebody in something me, you, everybody. We're all programmed by someone. To sit and think you're above programming is incorrect.

What you have to do is sit and say, does the person who's programming genuinely have my best interests at heart? What do they want me to believe? Why do they want me to believe it? What happens if I believe what they want me to believe? Where does this lead?

That's all we can do. We're all programmed. We're all the sum of the five people we spend the most time with, right? So if you have women with no father, no strong, masculine influence, who's programming them? The kardashians and the news, the internet, porn stars, what kind of woman's that going to be?

And then if a man finally ends up with her and he has no backbone, what kind of man is he going to be? I don't want to comment on these things because I don't want to make personal enemies of people I don't know. There's a guy called Adam, 22. Once again, I have no idea who this man is. I just saw on Twitter yesterday that he was with a porn star who'd never done a male scene.

They got married, and like, a week after their marriage, she did her first male scene with some random dude and he's on a podcast defending it, but his wife had sex with somebody else. Correct. Why? This is the level you can but this is what The Matrix wants from you as a man. They want the woman in charge and the man below with no backbone, because if the woman's in charge, they can emotionally affect her.

They can scare her. You can scare a woman easier than you can scare a man. A man, a real man's, hard to scare a woman. You can make afraid of the vaccine, right? Be afraid, COVID be scared.

If she's in charge of the household, I would argue in nearly any household where the female was dominant, everyone's vaccinated. I would argue that point hard, of course, maybe I'm wrong, but I would argue it. I don't have the statistics. It's just logic to me. So talk about women being unhappy.

What's actually interesting about the female mind, once again, they're going to call me a misogynist is that when you're an emotionally led person, you're more prone to chaos. It takes real stoicism to lead. So why are these women unhappy? Because no one's leading them. No fathers, no man of no backbone, no man they respect.

So they're relying on society, which is promoting chaos and their own mental state. Women will say all the time, my period was coming up, so I was crazy. They'll say that themselves. So without any kind of hard rock of emotional security, to give her a hug and say, don't worry, baby, calm down. It's okay.

When you have no hard rock of emotional security and you leave her to her own devices, she's going to be, to a degree, chaotic. And you know who told me this? A woman said this to me. A woman said this to me. A woman said, most women are closer to her mental breakdown than you possibly believe.

Day by day, I was like, really? She goes, yeah. And that's what I love about my husband. He makes me feel happy and secure and safe. If I'm starting to have a problem.

I know. I go to him and he makes me feel safe. He's my rock. There's a woman said this to me a long time ago. Yes.

So why are women miserable? Because where are they going to get their happiness from? Where they're going to get their emotional stability from? It's not their job. I don't believe it's a woman's job to be emotionally stable.

It's a woman's job to do many other very important things that men can't do. More important, they're better than men at a lot of things, women are, but it's our job to be emotionally stable. Women are better than us at certain things are better other things. And that's why, as a team, we're so powerful to sit and pretend we're all the same the whole way through. Then why do we even need each other anymore?

Well, I don't think we do. You're exactly it. And this is why we have birth rates declining porn, women who are running around sharing one man with no intention of having children. Marriage is gone. Where do we think this is going to end?

And what's interesting about it ends with the training thing. Right? Completely. Yeah, that's the old no, I'm serious, though. If there's no scrambling the idea of the gender binary of sex differences, that is kind of the end point.

Well, the end point is, yeah, men are the same as women, so it doesn't even matter. Right? I can be a woman today, be a man tomorrow. None of it matters anymore. I also think a large part of this transsexual movement, I think a large part of it is a deliberate attack on us and our senses because they're trying to convince us to ignore our eyes.

I do believe that is a bottom line. I think the bottom line of slavery are your own senses. Like, no matter what I'm told that it's cold outside, I feel warm. That's the bottom line. So once they can convince you that your senses are wrong, well, then you're completely open for the slave program.

Once you can look at something with your eyes and ignore your eyes, you're a prime candidate. So I think a lot of this has also something to do with that. You are going to say that's a girl. That's what you are going to say because you have to. And if you say it long enough, you'll think it.

And if you won't, your children will. Because we'll tell them eventually you're going to say it. Then it becomes true. Then you ignore your eyes. Now you believe anything, right?

So the next thing comes along. Now you'll believe all the people on the jets tell you about climate change. It's all an attack on the senses.

This is America's most famous admiral. It's such an important issue for our youth and adults. As you said, some of these laws are actually extending into adulthood. We often say that gender affirming care is. Health care.

Gender affirming care is mental health care and gender affirming care is literally suicide prevention care. Would that be your view as well? I 100% agree. I want to actually genuinely give my heartfelt condolences to any young person who falls for this crap, because you're going to be so miserable for the rest of your life if you chop off your genitals, take a whole bunch of chemicals as a teenager, you are going to be miserable for the rest of your life. Yes.

You're never going to be the person you want to be. You're never going to be accepted as that person. You're never going to feel happy in side. If you fall for this, I genuinely feel sorry for you. That's the first thing I'm going to say.

The second thing I'm going to say I find it very interesting that the only surgery we call affirming is gender surgery. Imagine a girl woke up and said, I was born in the wrong body because my tits are small. I'm a big titted woman, but I was born in the wrong body. I need a tit affirming care. I need to affirm my true body shape, otherwise I have a mental health problem.

No, it's plastic, it looks good, perhaps, whatever. But we would never say she was born in the wrong body and we had to affirm her genuine body experience. Her triple DS. Yeah, her triple D's had to be affirmed. It's garbage.

You're not affirming anything. And also, I think it's kind of interesting, they say that trans people commit suicide at higher rate. That's sad. Nobody should kill themselves. I would hate for anybody to kill themselves.

They say that's because they're picked on for being trans. I don't know why anyone's ever had the argument that perhaps they have a mental instability before this trans stuff and that's why they're more prone to suicide in the first place. Seems like an obvious explanation. Seems like an obvious explanation. I don't think it's normal for anybody to want to mutilate themselves.

I think if someone were to come to me and say, I really want to cut my hand off, I would think they had a mental illness. Why? Don't like it? What do you mean you don't like it? I don't like my hand.

I don't want it. I would think that's very concerning. So I really, truly feel sorry for any young people who fall for this. I don't blame them. I think it's a massive psyop and I think if you fall for it, you're going to be miserable forever.

And one more point I'll make on this whole thing I found very interesting. I'm a professional fighter, so I spent a lot of time in Thailand when I was fighting. Kickboxing is big over there and I've always thought no one's ever mentioned that Thailand has a bunch of lady boys, right? But if you say to a lady boy, are you a man or a woman. She goes, I'm a lady boy.

What's that? I'm a man, but I'm a lady boy. They don't see themselves as women in the real sense of I am female. They don't want to compete against women in sports. They don't want to pretend they can have kids.

They don't talk about having periods. They're like, I'm a lady boy. It's like, kind of like in between. It's got its own thing. India has the same yeah, it's fine.

Nobody over there is genuinely arguing that they are actually female. Only in America are we doing that. And that's what's the craziest thing of all. Even if you truly, truly believe you need to change gender, and you truly believe it's the right path for you, and you believe you're not being Psyoped, and you believe you're going to be happy and you believe you need to mutilate yourself, that's all fine. But then to come along with the hubris and arrogance to tell me that I have to pretend you're something you're not biologically that's right.

That's absolutely not really arrogant. You can't tell me what I have to call you, right? I'm allowed to come to my own conclusions and opinions. And the whole point of being a human is that we've gone through life long enough to identify patterns. Imagine humans didn't identify patterns.

One person went and got ate by the lion. You watch it happen, then you go for a turn like, no, you work out over time. Don't go near the lion, right? If I look at a person who's six foot four, muscularly, built, with a big jaw and a beard, my brain and my life experience tells me that's quite often a man very often it is very often. That's the conclusion I've come to, to come along and say no, because I've decided to do X-Y-Z.

You have to ignore all of the patterns you've identified throughout your entire life and everything you believe to be true. You have to throw away all the science and your entire worldview and everything about how you view the world. You have to eject that from your brain and call me what I want to be called is extremely arrogant. And if I went through the world and said everyone had to call me King Andrew, they'd tell me, Shut up. Why?

If they can get called whatever they want, I should be able to get called whatever I want. I want to be King Andrew, number one savior of Earth, climate change activist. That's what I want to be. And if anybody calls me anything else, they're a bigot. That's what we're going to do.

We're going to go down that path. I'm going to make sure that my title is good. Lord of all lands of lord of all beasts of the land and fishes in the sea, the most honorable man who's ever lived, the fastest human alive. Who cares? Doesn't matter that I can't run fastest.

It doesn't matter, Tucker. I'm the fastest human alive. You must affirm my belief. I'm the fastest man alive. Greatest man in show business.

Sorry, Tucker. Best political commentator there's ever been. Let's just go down this path of insanity. Why not walk around with stickers on our head? Be great, be fun.

The scariest thing about all this stuff is that the world is still polarized to a degree, because there are certain places in the world which are too close to baseline reality for survival for any of this garbage to fly. You think you can go to Tajikistan where people are trying to eat and talk to them about gender and all this garbage? They'll be like, Listen, you're a man. This needs doing. Shut up.

Right? There's no time for any of that. So, as the Western world is self destroying, is self destructing in real time, there are places in the world where none of this crap is happening. So who's going to own the world in 100, 200 years? It's still competitive to a degree.

It's still bipolar. There's two sides to the world. I think that when men are men and women are women, and we stop arguing about dumb shit, that society overall is more competitive. I don't know how America is going to maintain its influence over the entire planet when it's doing all this garbage. How long can this possibly last?

Not long. Not long. It's like the fall of Rome. The fall of Rome. Everything became decadent.

Endless sex and orgies. No one had enough faith in the state to join the army anymore. And people talk about barbarians destroying Rome. Rome was destroyed from the inside. That's what happens.

And we're witnessing it in real time. And we have all these problems on Earth, and then they want to spend millions and millions of dollars on an investigation to prove that I'm a human trafficker for TikTok. It's clown world. Nothing even makes sense anymore. This is a video from a recent Pride march in New York, and I'm interested in your view of it for your children.

We're here. We're there.

So I have a few points on this. The first point is that it is an unfortunate reality, and I'm not going to be called a bigot. I'm going to talk about the reality that the homosexual community cannot reproduce in and of themselves. So for them to have a community into the future, they do need your children. That's how they think.

For there to be a homosexual community in 100 years from now, they need straight people's kids, because only straight people have children. So they're telling the truth. That's the first thing. They mean what they say. The second thing is, I think a lot of this is an attention grab by them.

I think they are slightly disappointed in how tolerant many people actually are. I have no problem with gay people. I don't care. I'm gay. Cool.

I want to get married. Fine. I'm going to wave my dick in your kid's face. Wait a second. Yeah.

They push it to a point where we have to react, and then when we react, they say, we're bigoted. Children are innocent, and destruction of innocence is one of the most disgusting things on the face of the planet. It's terrible if a child is killed in a war. It's terrible if a child's mind is warped by any propaganda mechanism. They're innocent.

What I don't understand is why imagine heterosexual men walked around naked saying, we're coming for the children. Well, someone gets shot. Absolutely. So why is it when you're a good reason. Completely.

So as soon as there's this sexual orientation, they're completely protected. And I think that the whole point of having children as a whole, is to instill them with your worldview. I know if I have children, I want them to be like me. We just talked about my last name and how I want them to honor me into my post death. Then I want them to be a representation of me, which means they should believe in my values and my creeds.

Why is a group of people in New York walking around telling me what they're going to teach my kids and what my kids should believe? They're not your kids, they're my kids. Right. And that's what's so scary, because children are impressionable and children are raised by the state and the Internet effectively, which is why they want me off the Internet. But they'll let a lot of people stay on the Internet that say a lot about a lot of things.

I'll argue that if I was transgender, the American Embassy would have told Romania they were bigoted and removed me pretty quickly. I would genuinely argue that point. They would say, no, what you're doing is abusive to the LGBT community. He must be removed from jail, of course. Immediately.

Immediately. But because I'm straight and heterosexual, it doesn't matter. We're the class that suffers the biggest bigotry that possibly exists in the Western world today. I would actually argue that point. But they're saying this to be deliberately provocative.

They're deliberately trying to upset people. They want to upset you so that when you talk against it, they can call you names and call you a bigot. And also they mean what they say, and it's truly scary. I'm obviously a Muslim. I'm Islamic.

What most people don't understand about a lot of the Islamic world is that a lot of these things are outlawed, right? But people say so. Gay people can't go there. If you go to Dubai, you will see gay people. If a guy wants to be gay and do whatever he wants to do with a full grown man in his own house, I don't care.

And you can tell. You might have a waiter who's gay, whatever, et cetera. The only reason it's outlawed is not to stop a man full grown man meeting a full grown man and doing what he decides to do. It's outlawed to prevent it bleeding into society and affecting the culture where the children are affected. That's why it's outlawed.

And I'm not saying it should be outlawed in America. But what I'm saying is, if you're not going to protect the innocence of children from any ideology, and if the ideology is deliberately targeting children because children are more impressionable and more capable of believing in things which simply aren't true, perhaps a man looking like a woman or vice versa, then that is a dangerous ideology that should be very closely examined. Well, if you're not going to protect children or if you're going to encourage women to fight your wars, why have a society in the first place? Well, this is the whole point of society to protect women. You know what's really interesting?

I argued this point once. They were talking about how the west is a patriarchy and it's so terrible to be a woman in the west. And I'm like, well, where's better to be a woman then, if it's not the west, please tell me, pick another country besides America where you'd rather be a woman garbage to begin with. But you're saying, oh, America is a patriarchy and Americans, we're all missiles, and men are so bad, and women have been oppressed since the beginning of time. It's always been a patriarchy.

If that's true, why don't women fight our wars? Think about it. We can get the women of our country and the women of another country and let them go die in a ditch. And us men can just sit around being patriarchs. Why do we have to go die?

Why do we have to go get our legs blown off? No, because we're a patriarchy. Women can go suffer. Or do the women get to stay at home and we go suffer? How is it a patriarchy, right?

So that's garbage to begin with. But I think genuinely, to go back to that point, any ideology which is waking up and saying our worldview is so extreme, the only way we can truly ensure it exists into the future is to find the most susceptible people on the planet to program and attack their minds children. I think that's a destructive ideology and should be very closely looked at. It doesn't matter if it's LGBTQ or anything else. I think if you sit children down and pump propaganda into their brain and that's the only way you can get what you want, then there's probably something wrong with your ideas because you're afraid to challenge them with a grown adult.

You don't want a fair fight, you understand? They don't want a fair fight. They want to sit with a child who has no idea what he's talking about and tell him that men are women and women are men, vice versa, and just completely confused a poor child because they don't want a fair fight against a rational adult, and that's scary. It doesn't seem a huge improvement over, say, ISIS to me. Absolutely.

That's how do you convince somebody to blow themselves up? Well, you find a young man, teenage boy, and you program his mind, and it's exactly the same thing. They don't try and convince an older man to blow himself up because he's going to sit there and go, why don't you blow yourself up? And then there's an argument. You go find a young, susceptible person.

Right. And that's what's so scary about all of it. And it's also kind of funny that this whole LGBTQ thing is also linked to the Patriarchy, also linked to all this other garbage and all these other false narratives and false ideas. And it's these people who are attacking me saying I'm dangerous for women because I'm a misogynist. You're dangerous for women for pretending men are women.

You're more dangerous for women than I am. I'm saying a man's, a man's, a woman's. A woman. You're saying that if I put a wig on, I could go punch women in the face in the boxing ring? Who's dangerous for women?

It's insanity. And again, they have no virtue at all. They just weaponize garbage and attack you with it. But I do think that children have to at least be the bottom line for society. That's the future.

And if you have children at home, you're raising them, and if you struggle to feed them, the government doesn't care. They are yours, and they're your problem and your responsibility. And you deal with all of the stress and all the worry of them being out late at night and all the responsibility of taking care of them, and you went through hell for them to exist. You don't owe their minds to anybody else. You don't owe it.

So there has to be a point where you stand up and say, no, I raised this child. That's my child. It's not yours. Absolutely. What do you make of Julian assange?

I think that it's crazy. It's the number one way to shut up the BBC, that's for sure, to mention him, say, oh, you're a journalist. You care about journalism. Do you care about a fair and independent story? Why is Assange in Belmarsh very interesting?

What do they say? They don't answer. They try and change subject. They always do. I did it.

I stole it from the Azerbaijani president. He started I saw that. Yeah. It's great. You know him?

I don't know him, but I've seen enough of his interviews to like him. Me, too. Yeah, I like him. And this is what I'm saying about the world. There's so many places in the world where they still live very firmly in the real world.

All of this garbage is just the result of the very simple, easy lives that we have inside the movie The Matrix, which I recommend you watch. The agents say, we tried to create a utopia for the human mind, so that your mind is in a utopian state and your body can just be used. But the human mind rejects utopia. We created the world in 1999 at the pinnacle of human civilization, before machines took over, because the human mind needs struggle and it needs problems, otherwise it rejects it. Yes.

And I kind of feel it was a whole bunch of people trying to just find problems and find struggle in their lives because they don't have enough motivation to do something that's genuinely difficult, like help people, but they can't live in this state of complete vegetation. So then they wake up and say, oh, I'm oppressed my pronouns. How much energy must it take to go through life trying to correct every person you interact with, to call you Z? Think of the calories burnt. I can't think of a bigger waste of time.

Think of the calories burnt. Every Starbucks employee is actually z. Correct. You are a moron, and you are just wasting so much energy. You could put that towards something beneficial.

You could volunteer, you could go to the gym. There's so much more you could do with walk instead of walking around and talk about z. You sound like a dumb ass. But they're just finding struggle because they don't have any actual importance struggling in their lives, and that's why it only exists in the decadent west. Do you think the coming famine will change that?

Absolutely. I would argue that when the famine comes, I think all these feminists will look for a strong man of resource who is stoic, who has a good network, who's capable and important and respected. It's amazing how quickly feminism disappears. In fact, there's a podcast I did called Fresh and Fit, and I did this podcast in Miami, and I was arguing about gender roles with seven girls, and during it, they were telling me that they can do anything. A man can do all the usual things, and they don't care.

They don't need a man. All this garbage, and some crazy fan knocked on the door for me, and he had a gun. He knocked on the door. You should have seen the women, how quickly they became feminists. When I had to go to that door, they all completely changed.

Go, go. Oh, the feminism's out the window. There's no feminists on the Titanic. There's no feminisms in a famine. There's no feminists at war, where's the feminists go to war, right?

I remember when Afghanistan, when we did that very well planned, very thorough evacuation of Afghanistan and all the schools that we opened for women got shut down by the Taliban. And I was having this conversation with someone, and I was saying, okay, well, you're an Afghan man, right? You've been hired by the Afghan Defense Force and America's now left, and you have a meager wage. And America's left and the Taliban are coming. And you're standing outside of the school with your AK, and they're coming with whatever they've got.

And you're looking at the school going, do I really want girls to go to school that bad? Not really. Just put it down. You walk off and this girl's like, yeah, but you know, it's really important. And I'm like, yeah, it is very important.

I agree women should have education and write the education. Completely agree. But you're also saying here that men should die for it, which is fine. I'm not saying that shouldn't be the case, but I'm saying that you should give men the respect they deserve for dying for your education. Because it's not the women who are going to defend that female school, it's the men.

So if you're going to shit on men all day long and say, we ain't worth anything until a war comes and then you want us to go die, that's interesting. When the famine comes, the closer reality gets towards baseline survival, the closer we become towards our gender roles, because it's the only way we can be competitive. If you took ten men and ten women and stranded them on a desert island, the men would be men and the women would be women, because if they didn't, they would die. That's the bottom line. And I think that if you look at history since the dawn of time, men were masculine, and also men, by and large, were generally ruling the society, not in an oppressive way, but in a protective way.

And I think that makes the society most competitive. And my argument for that is that if you name any society since the dawn of human time, men were protecting women, providing for women, and basically in charge of the society. And these are societies that never met. There can't be an idea that spread. The Ming dynasty and the Aztecs, they're pretty far away, but that's how society was most effective.

And when feminists argue with me and say, we this society run by women, I said, well, that's never, ever happened. And if it has happened, they got destroyed so quickly, they never had a history. We can't even name one. So it's a brand new idea, which I'm not saying is a bad idea. I'm saying if it's a brand new idea, you can't tell me it's going to be better, because it's never been tried, ever.

So we're going to see. But what happens if it doesn't work with the most powerful nation on earth, right? So we're feminizing men and women have more and more control and more power, which is fantastic. I'm saying this is untested. Who knows where any of this is leading?

And our competitors, America's competitors, are still very firm in their gender roles. So it's certainly an interesting period of history you're about to enter. It's very interesting. What's your view of tobacco? I love tobacco, so my diet is particularly strange.

I've been told I live on caffeine and nicotine so I eat once a day. I eat dinner. Only 80% of my calories come from meat. I have ten cups of coffee a day and three or four large cigars. So I like caffeine and nicotine.

I do too. Yeah. It makes me feel good. Makes me feel like my blood's on fire a little bit. Caffeine and nicotine, I think, are fantastic.

But you're a health guy. Obviously I'm a health guy. But smoking is fantastic for your testosterone level, and I think that's important in a man. I think that's also important in the resistance of slavery. You can feel it?

Oh, 100%. And I'm not saying that smoking is healthy. I'm not saying that because I also train exceptionally hard every single day. And when I was professionally fighting, I didn't smoke. But I think, in general, testosterone level is a fantastic way to measure your overall health as a man.

But nicotine has a positive correlation of testosterone. Absolutely. It's been proven. Yeah, it's been proven repeatedly. So that's why I love nicotine so much.

And then caffeine, I love to have that little bit of not jitter, but I like to feel energetic and I like to be hungry. My optimal state is hungry, but energetic. That's how I get the most done. I don't like eating. If I eat, I feel full, I feel lethargic, I like to totally, yeah, I like to be hungry and 1% irritable from my fifth coffee and a bunch of nicotine inside of me.

That's how I like to perform. So, yeah, I think it's a good thing. And it's interesting how focused the people in charge are on nicotine. Fentanyl becomes really common. 100,000 people die a year from it.

Nobody notices, but they're still trying to shut down not just tobacco, but non tobacco nicotine devices. Yep. Why? That's a really good point. We could argue it's down to testosterone level.

I don't know if you ever saw the study which linked people's testosterone level to their ability and capability to disagree with something. So they did a study which is pretty self explanatory. The higher your testosterone level, the more likely you are to disagree with a point. And the reason for that is because, especially in older times, if you're going to disagree with something, you had to fight over it. Yeah.

If you're going to say no to somebody or some tribe or some person, there's a very, like, there's a high chance that you're going to have to fight that person. You have to defend your idea. If you don't have the propensity or the capability to defend your idea, then why would you go against the ideas of the people who are stronger than you? So reducing testosterone levels make men more compliant and more complacent, because we're less likely to say no, because we can't defend what we think. Why would we say, you're wrong, but we can't do anything about it.

We might as well just say, well, then you're right. Mike makes right. So reducing testosterone levels in men is something which I believe they're trying very hard to do. And if you read the studies, they're succeeding. Testosterone levels have gone off the off the edge, off the cliff.

And perhaps that's why they attack smoking so heavily. I understand that smoking a lot of cigarettes can be very bad for you, but I think everything in moderation and I think that overall I would rather smoke a few cigars today and maintain my testosterone level, which it's good for, than not. I think the benefits outweigh the negatives. Couldn't agree more. And my final question is about digital currency.

Do you think it's inevitable and what would its effects be? CBDCs are inevitable and they're scary, they're super scary because it's the final absolute realm of control. I mean, they're already removing cash from society. I think they say that because they want to be able to trace things easier and that's certainly part of it. But I also have another theory on it.

I think if you have a $50 bill and I give it to the barber for my haircut, and then he goes and buys groceries with it from the grocer, and the grocer goes and gets his car washed. A $50 goes from place to place. And after 20 or 30 transactions, the $50 bill belongs to somebody and it's worth $50. Whereas if I pay by card, 1.5% goes to the bank. And then if he takes the money I've given him and pays for the groceries, 1.5% goes to the bank.

And after the groceries have been paid for, when he goes to get his car washed, 1.5% goes to the bank. So after 20 or 30 transactions the $50 is gone. The bank has it all. I think that's why they're so desperate to rid of cash. Interesting, CBDCs are the next level because once the money is completely digital, then they control everything you do with it.

They control where it goes, but they can also control how and when it can be spent. Imagine some terrible future dystopian society where your money arrives and they say it can only be spent on food or it can only be spent on vegetables because you've had too much meat this week. Or you can't buy transport to a particular area because there's resistance of government oppression in that area. So your money won't work for trains right now because nobody can go down there because we don't want everyone in a large group. We want everyone at home in their pods and they can track everywhere it goes and they can also track how it's spent and they can control how it's spent, they can put time limit on it.

You have an hour to spend this money. Scary. Like, think of all the ways they can inflict control over it. And I think this is actually one of the reasons why also I'm disliked the BBC said. This to me when they interviewed me.

They said, lucy, the very intelligent BBC reporter, said word for word, you have a Bugatti and a cigar. And that means it comes with a side order of misogyny. I said, how does having a Bugatti and a cigar come with a side order of misogyny? And you can order misogyny on the side. Looks like it looks like a sauce.

And she repeated it because she couldn't. Yeah, you have a Bugatti and a cigar, and it comes with a side order misogyny. So I was like, but they're not sending their best. Yeah, I don't think they have any best, to be honest. But the point they're making, what she doesn't realize she's making because she's not smart enough.

But what she wanted to say, but she couldn't say in a way which sounded negative, is financial freedom is required to a degree to resist. The reason I'm also disliked is because I'm financially successful. If I was broke, they wouldn't care why I say what I say. But I inspire young men, all of my fans, to become wealthy. And you'd think, that'd be fantastic for the society, right?

He has millions of young men. He's teaching them to work hard. He's teaching them different ways money can be made. He's teaching them to be fantastic salesmen. He's helping the society.

No, because if you have a whole bunch of money, then you can sit and say, no, I don't need your wage. That's bullshit. There was a video very recently of a guy in England taking down all the English flags and putting up pride flags, and a guy screams to him and goes, bro, you're taking down the wrong flag. And he replied, I know, mate. And the point is, what can I do?

I'm a flag, flag guy. If I say no, someone else will do it. Kids got to eat. So by keeping your money enslaved, they can keep you enslaved. You got to eat.

They don't want men to be financially free. If you're financially free, if you have enough money in the bank, you can one day go, you know what? I don't want your money. Even me, now, to this day, I've done enough and I'm successful enough that it's very hard for them to buy me. They come along, Well, I would never sell my soul anyway, because it's not who I am as a person.

But if I was destitute, they could come along and say, andrew, you have all this influence. We're going to change your message. You're going to you this. We're going to give you 10 million, okay? You can't buy me.

Can't buy Trump. He's rich already. He's rich and he's 80, 70 something. You think he needs more money? Doesn't care about money.

They don't like that. So being financially free in and of itself is now an act against the government. Because this whole idea that they want everyone to be rich and it's fantastic for the society. I'd actually argue against that. They don't want that.

They want everyone destitute, because when you're destitute, you need the government to feed you. And it's very hard to fight against the government who's feeding you. It's very hard to resist the people who give out the bread. Yeah, I think that's called something. It begins with C.

What's it called? Interesting. I also heard another interesting theory from a very intelligent person one day. And it was that every government on Earth, all of them and all of their different forms china, which says it's Communist and is capitalist and all the different in betweens to the capitalist west. Every government on earth is slowly encroaching on trying to become as controlling, as powerful as possible.

They all want to be as controlling as possible over their citizens. Communism is the end result of the most control a government can have, effectively, or some version of communism, but every single government on Earth is slowly trying to get there bit by bit. And the only thing that resists them getting there is the populace. And how much the populace will accept. And depending on how malleable the populace is depends on how quickly they get there.

But every government wakes up, it's kind of like AI you've ever heard, the robot is going to destroy us all. Because they wake up and go, we don't need the humans anymore. Their end goal is just survival. If a government is the same as an entity, its end goal is more and more control. And that's all they're trying to do every single day, with every law they pass, with the climate change law.

They don't care about the environment. They want more control, of course. And the more and more control they get, the final end result, if you give them what they want, is absolute slavery for everybody. So you have to be very careful, because that is their ideal government. The ideal government is where everyone complies, everyone obeys, everyone's controlled.

We know everything about everybody, and it's slavery. That's the only way to get that state. So even making money, making enough money to have an opinion, is an act of rebellion. It's crazy. Thank you very much, my friend.

Amazing. Thank you. Thank you. Young pair of people say the news is full of lies on Kennedy's Motorcade 239. Jeffrey Epstein.

It.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast – Interview with Clif High – 11-04-2022

The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast - Interview with Clif High - 11-04-2022

The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast - Interview with Clif High - 11-04-2022

Episode Summary:

The PDF document is a transcript of a conversation between James and Cliff, a self-described schizotypical individual who has had unique experiences and insights through the use of psychedelic drugs. Cliff discusses his ability to access a space he calls "hyperspace" where he interacts with non-human minds. He believes that his schizotypical characteristics and psychedelic drug use allow him to journey to hyperspace and interact with other minds, gaining valuable insights and ideas.

Cliff shares a story of exchanging ideas with a non-human entity in hyperspace, which he believes helped the entity's civilization. He also discusses his understanding of the human psyche, stating that all humans are inherently psychic but are unaware of it due to societal conditioning. According to Cliff, people's choice of language reveals their psychic nature as it often precedes events and behaviors. He has developed a system to analyze language on the internet, extracting psychic leaks from the vast amount of data. This system has allowed him to make predictions, including the rise of Bitcoin, which he knew about before it was named.

Cliff has worked as a software programmer for various companies, including Microsoft, IBM, and airlines. He created a system that analyzes language on the internet, extracting psychic leaks from the data. He believes that humans are inherently psychic, and their choice of language reveals their psychic nature. This insight has allowed him to make various predictions, including the rise of Bitcoin, which he was aware of before it was named.

He further elaborates on his understanding of reality, consciousness, and the experience of death. According to Cliff, reality is vibratory, with everything vibrating into and out of existence at a rapid rate. Consciousness is the force that allows for this continuous recreation, bridging the gaps of non-existence or the "void". Cliff believes that consciousness is permanent and is what people refer to as God. He does not adhere to any religion but has a deep understanding and belief in consciousness and the vibratory nature of reality.

Cliff also shares his experiences with death, stating that he has died three times in his life. Each time, he has had unique experiences that confirm to him that death is not the end. He believes that everyone has a personal experience of heaven after death, but the experience is not uniform for all. Cliff's perspective is a blend of spirituality, philosophy, and personal experience, offering a unique viewpoint on life, death, and reality.

#Cliff #Hyperspace #Psychedelics #NonHumanMinds #Insights #Schizotypical #Language #PsychicLeaks #Bitcoin #Predictions #Reality #Vibratory #Consciousness #God #Death #Spirituality #Philosophy #Experience #Heaven #Afterlife #Life #Understanding #Internet #Analysis #Programming #Microsoft #IBM #Airlines #Society #Conditioning #Existence #Void #Meditation #Energy #Frequency

Key Takeaways:
  • Cliff identifies as a schizotypical individual, gaining unique insights through psychedelic experiences in "hyperspace".
  • In hyperspace, he interacts with non-human minds, exchanging valuable ideas and insights.
  • Cliff perceives psychic leaks in language, which he believes precede events and behaviors.
  • He developed a system to analyze language on the internet, extracting psychic leaks and making predictions, like the rise of Bitcoin.
  • Cliff explores the vibratory nature of reality and the permanence of consciousness, which he equates to God.
  • He shares experiences of dying three times, each time gaining unique insights into the afterlife and consciousness.
  • Cliff believes everyone has a personal, unique experience of heaven after death.
  • His perspective is a blend of spirituality, philosophy, and personal experience, offering a unique viewpoint on life, death, and reality.
Key Takeaways:
  • Cliff predicted the rise of Bitcoin before it was named, utilizing his system of analyzing psychic leaks in language.
  • He suggests that everyone has a personal and unique experience of heaven after death, although the experiences are not uniform for all.
  • Through his understanding of vibratory reality and consciousness, Cliff implies that individuals can gain deeper insights into the nature of existence and reality.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast - Interview with Clif High - 11-04-2022

Welcome to the delingpod with me, James. Delingpod? And I know I always, always say I'm excited about this week's special guest, but I really am excited. I'm bouncing up and down and I see he's got his whiteboard in the background. It is none other than the legendary Cliff.

Hi, Cliff. Welcome to the delingpod. I've been so thank you very much. Now I don't know how far down the rabbit hole we're going to go. I just wanted to congratulate you, first of all, on that, your podcast, there's a Bug in My Woo, I think it was called, was just one.

I mean, I think you really pushed the boat out there.

Do you agree with me? Yes. The woo thing is a deliberate strategy and a tactic and that was a bit of work to get into that. Yes. Well, we might go on to that if we've got time.

But I know that the people listening to this or watching this are going to be divided between those who are going, oh my God, it's clif high, I'm so excited. And those who are going, who is this guy? Why do we want to listen to him and why should we listen to what he has to say? So for the benefit of those who don't know who you are, can you sort of explain what you do and how it is that you have these kind of insights into what's going on in the world and the way things are going to pan out?

I took a lot of drugs. I took a lot of psychedelic drugs in the psychedelic states I was able because all right, let me back up even further. I am what is described as a schizotypical, that is, a person who has survived, a family member who was a primary Schizophrenic and an early onset Schizophrenic. These people usually die young. My brother died young.

He passed in middle age. He was a lifelong schizophrenic. Siblings that survived Schizophrenic families are called schizotypical. This is not a psychiatric definition, this is a sociological definition, more of a collection of parameters, but it defines a certain kind of a mindset. It is my belief that because of my genetics, because of my schizotypical characteristics, I am able to take psychedelic drugs and I am able to journey to a place that I call hyperspace.

In hyperspace I am able to interact with what I call the other minds that are not human. A mind, other minds. There's much we can discuss about that, but I just call it the other. It is clearly a mind that is not human. In doing so, in my youth, I was fortunate enough to have an occasion to interact with a being that was a hominid, that was another that was amicable, and we transacted.

In hyperspace, I was able to exchange in hyperspace, there is no you exchange things of value, but obviously these are ideas and not material goods. Because there is no matter in hyperspace. You journey there through the psychedelic drug. How he got there, I do not know. There is not language as we describe it there.

There are thoughts that are made expressed in the medium of hyperspace by your mind that are not vibratory excitement of air, as I'm doing now. So I don't know how he got there. It was difficult to communicate. I was able to learn things. I did him a great favor by presenting him with an idea that may have aided his civilization.

And it was an idea that they did not natively arise on their own. It is the idea of a sacrificial surface. We call this idea paint. They were having a crises on their planet that involved conditions of an environmental change, and they had no way of coping with it. And because of the nature of the being that he was, they did not have sacrificial coverings like clothing.

Okay, they had decorative clothing, but they're just a strange being. In any event, though I taught him about the idea of paint, a great deal of deliberate experimenting on mine, I did not know how to make paint at that time. I had to go to my local state library and immerse myself in the chemistry of paint and try and get this idea across to this being. And he got the idea in exchange for that, he gave me the idea that all emotion for all hominids is intricately related to our vagus nervous system, and that our vagus nervous system is what allows us to peer through our energy bodies and extract patterns from universe that we might think of as present. I took that one stage further because of things that he taught me and applied that to language.

I then wrote a series of programs. I made my living as a software programmer for microsoft, IBM, gecmark, british airlines, american airlines for years. And as a programmer, I devised a system that went out on the internet and brought in millions and millions and millions of words and reduced them down to a thick word soup, from which I extracted all of the psychic leaks that people are continuously leaking out. One of the key things I learned from this individual in hyperspace is that all humans are incredibly psychic. We are trapped within a mind control that forbids us from seeing our own psychic nature, but it must leak out, and it leaks out in our choice of language.

Our choice of language precedes behavior and events by some distance. I was able to tap into that. That's probably my biggest claim to fame. So I knew about bitcoin before it had been named bitcoin. Thus I was able to be there when bitcoin was ten cents and take advantage of I have known about things because of things, right?

So because of this language aspect, and because of the knowledge I learned in hyperspace, I have learned things here in this material that I find to be of value for humans because others have listened to me. There are now many millionaires in cryptocurrencies that just listened to me and made their own decisions. I was not advising people to buy or sell or do anything. I'm just pointing out what is available to be seen if one knows how to see it. That has got to be the best self job description I've ever heard and an unbeatable intro to any podcast.

Thank you. At that point, I tell you, Cliff, at that point there's going to be a fork. Some people are going to be going, I'm not going to listen to anymore of this crazy shit. It's already gone too far down the rabbit hole. And other people are going, I had no idea that Cliff was this cool.

Anyway, you'll be pleased to hear that I'm in the latter camp. But it's good that you do have that, I think even the normis. And as you know, I was, until very recently a Norman myself. This has been a very steep learning curve for me this last six to nine months, whatever. But I think one thing that normally need to deal with somebody like you is they need a kind of anchor to the reality that they understand.

And I think they can probably relate to the idea of algorithms, of sort of searching words.

They examine word frequency, is that right? No, actually I do that to throw out all the meaningless words. Okay. So there's a key aspect of this that I've sort of hinted at, but I've never really gotten into the details of my emotional reduction engine. I figured out a way in programming to reduce words down to some quantified numeric, values, intensity, duration, in other words.

So I did a lot of work. I mean, I did over decades of work figuring out things. So I would put out on a forum, I would put out an outrageous statement that we should never ever celebrate Christmas unless Santa Claus has a blue beard. Something just really strange, right? And then I would use algorithm to find how far this word propagated out into this phrase propagates out into the internet.

So I was tracking language much more intensely than in mere frequency. So I never cared about frequency. Then I discovered some key things that I won't reveal the totality of it, but in England, in the UK, I'm sure you still maintain some of the older linguistic ways where they would say, oh, my palm is inching and it means something, right? It means you're going to get money, relatives, or, you know, I got a toothache. It means my aunt's got, you know.

So there's this like psychic connection kind of stuff to your body and the clues that your body provides. I was able to systematize that. Okay? So I was able to find the language of people leaking out in their casual conversation and gardening fora that would tell me that there was a new financial system coming. And I did it on the terms of hundreds and hundreds of millions of what I called reads.

And a read was finding these keywords and then gathering 2048 words on either side of them should it exist, and then coming back and running this thing through my engine. So I would run these routines where I had servers just sitting all over the place, dragging stuff off the internet, capturing words and capturing metadata about the words where we found them and so on. And then we'd run that for 18 or 20 days, and then I'd run processing for 18 or 20 days. It was a batch system. Because of the nature of the way I developed it, it was never interactive in that sense.

Right. I had to trigger it off and run it this way. And I would go through 100 million internet captures in order to produce an individual report. The vast majority of the 100 million internet captures were thrown out because it was conscious language, and I was not after conscious language, after that inadvertent slip of using one word as opposed to another. So I can give you a flavor of it by saying that there's three different types of language.

There's immediacy language, there's shortterm language, and then there's long term. Longterm generally tends to be legal language, right? And informal language that's going to have a long term impact on you. Short term language is like the everyday kind of stuff.

Immediacy language has an immediacy effect out to about three or four days, maximally out to three weeks. Shortterm language is from the beginning of the fourth week until the end of the third month, and long term languages from the end of the third month, out 19 months. And so by slotting language into these different slots, I could get an idea of when that thing is approaching to us, so to speak. And so that's what I did for timing. The timing clues were just terrible.

It was just terrible, terrible, terrible. Like 1215 years of work to get even close on that. And then the censorship, and then I got polluted by this blue chicken space cult, and it caused my data to go wonky. Nonetheless, for a while there, it was dialed in very accurately, and that's what allowed a lot of people to make themselves millionaires following my crypto analysis and these kinds of things. Good.

I wish I'd been a cliffhigh fan at that point. I'm a bit late in the game to pick up on this newfangled thing called bitcoin, but maybe there'll be other trends that you can spot that will help us all listening. I can tell you about those now. Yeah. So it's not a problem.

Don't worry about it. Good, because actually, one of the many things I love about you, cliff, is that you bring a message of hope. Now, there are lots of people on the internet engaging in what you might call woo, or sort of variations on woo. People have gone down the rabbit hole. But A, I think a lot of them are bullshitters.

They're sort of regurgitating what they've heard elsewhere. And I'm not going to name any names, but we know who they are.

Absolutely. You can also well, maybe they do carry messages, but I trust your messages of hope more than I do those of other people. I think there's something about you which I think is honorable and informed. Maybe I'm wrong. Well, no, you're correct.

Thank you for that. I count myself an honorable man. Right. So I'm a Sigma male, which is an unusual thing in our society. Sigma males are like alpha males, but we basically think beyond our own deaths, and we don't really necessarily want to involve ourselves in the social order.

And we generally live alone, are self isolating. And I have found that among Sigma males, you will frequently, if you can identify a sigma male, usually they have that characteristic we call honor. And I found Sigma males that are the head of motorcycle gangs right. That are nonetheless honorable men. And so I take that as a compliment.

I understand that as a compliment, and that is something I hold myself, too, is this particular category of honor. And this is very necessary, in my opinion now, because that's what gives us the hope that we all want. Yeah, well, totally. One of my experiences in the last six months, say, is finding God. I was brought up a Church of England, and I went to one of those schools where you had chapel services every day and twice a day on Sundays.

But religion was not the same thing as actually believing in God. Where are you on that one, by the way? Do you have a religion? No, I don't have a religion.

I'm not a joiner. Okay, so Sigma males, I'm a schizotypical. So schizotypicals are isolated. Something people don't know about schizophrenics is that schizophrenics have a tendency to put out pheromones that make people uncomfortable around them. So individuals not of my family could not stand being around my brother because he put out pheromones that basically caused them to freak out.

So a lot of mentally ill produced stuff in their sweat that makes us feel bad around them. And if you ever encounter an emotionally disturbed individual in the street and you get close enough to them, you will feel that reason to back off. And it is a pheromone. And so these issues with schizophrenics are formative in terms of how we relate to people and so on. Right.

So it was not in the nature of my family to be joiners just because of that. And I am an a Sigma male, so I'm not a joyner. So I would not have a religion in the sense of belonging to an organization that way. And I do not count religion, which is the organized discussion and analysis of an understanding, a philosophical or spiritual understanding, as being that spiritual understanding. So I live in the Whoo.

I've also lived in the woot, right? So in my world, I go by that old, and I don't even know where it appears, but that old Christian saying that a man's self is God, okay? So in yourself is God. Now, I have gone to some great examination into examining reality, some great thought into examining reality, and I've come up with a theory that I called a wobble. And this Wooble explains magnetism in a way that no physicist in quantum mechanics or anything can explain magnetism.

And I can measure the explanation. There's a part of my magnetism theory that has a measurement in it, and I can make that measurement that validates that theory. It proves itself. Okay? The underlying core of that theory is that the reality we live in is a vibratory reality.

Like Nikola Tesla says, frequency is everything, vibration is everything. Well, we are vibrating at 22 trillion times a second. We are vibrating into existence and out of existence 22 trillion times a second. And in between each of those vibrations into existence is a gap that the meditators called the void. And I'm a deep zazan meditator, and I've come close to touching the void and I know it exists.

And this void is a space where there is nonexistent. It happens so fast, our minds are not aware of it at any conscious level, but they do. They are aware of it. And I will tell you right now that there is one thing and one thing only that causes us to recreate our bodies 22 trillion times a second, to jump the gap of the void, so to speak. And that one thing is consciousness.

So in my understanding of reality, and if you go look at my video called Just Another Wu Cult, I get into these various frequencies. But if you go all the way down to 22 trillion times a second and touch through the gap, you touch consciousness that is there, that exist in permanency. That is what people call God. Okay? So I know I live in that consciousness.

So for me, I've never felt the need for a religion. No. But it's reassuring to have confirmation that God, as we call Him, exists. I think that's cool. Okay, so I've had confirmation in another way much more striking and brutal, and that is that I've died in this body three times in this life.

In this body's life, I have perished three times. Most recently was on Friday the 13th July in 2018 when I perished of colon cancer. They took a colon cancer out of me that was 5 CM by 5 CM by 4 had blocked my intestine, and I had lost £50 in the course of less than six months, and I perished. And in that perishing, I had the same experience that I'd had the previous two times of dying and so I had three times as a trend. And so I know that that's what happens when I die.

And so I have confirmation that death is not the end. Right? And is it better that the world that we go to after death better? We have to be careful about words. Better.

How do you define better? And so on. It is different. There's no fear. There's plenty of good stuff about it and it's different.

It is simply part of what we're doing. And so in my understanding, what happens is that you die. And if you are of a sufficiently deep understanding or accurate understanding, you are presented with the image of the mechanism of reality as it exists. Otherwise you're presented with what may be described as an artificial reality, very much like the artificial reality that we're in now. You would find it very difficult to tell the difference between this material that we're in now and the artificial reality that presents itself after death.

For most people, that is the case. Myself, I've died so many times and have lived so many times that I'm at that point where I'm interacting with it on the mechanistic level. So I do not experience or see what others would necessarily see. It is not a ubiquitous experience for all. And in fact, I can assure you that everyone who dies has a personal experience of heaven.

An absolutely perfect existence of timeless joy in heaven. I can assure you that this does indeed exist. But it is far more complicated than that statement would tend to suggest. Right. Where are you on good and evil?

I like good. I don't like evil. Yeah, they are objectively. They do exist, don't they? I mean, they're not just yes, all of our reality, if you go and look at my Wobble video, it gets into it deeper.

But all of our reality is based on asymmetry based on duality. There is the pulse that keeps us created 22 times, trillion times a second and there's the void. And so we're always oscillating between these two aspects. There's always going to be oscillation. There must be a counterposition for any position that anything ever assumes in this reality as we go forward.

So evil must exist simply, if for no other reason than to define good. Yes, funny enough, that was exactly how I explained it to somebody the other day. Somebody was saying, well, how do you know evil? Evil exists? Or how do you know good exists?

And yeah, the duality makes total sense to me. It seems to me look, we are living in extraordinary times, I mean, even unprecedented times. Have we had anything like this before? Not in the last 2780 years. There may have been a period of time, actually in around 1100, in the 1100 BC in which we had a chaotic time within humanity.

And that was the collapse of the Bronze Age civilization, right? Yes, I remember you mentioned that on the bug podcast. Okay, so in modern history and going back before the Romans, there's never been a time like this, correct? Right. And that itself is so amazing to me.

On the other side of the pulse, where all of us exist in our non alive state, the medium psychosis, it's called that point of time between lives, that's the land of permanence, okay? The realm of permanence is basically what we all call it there. Over here is the place where change can occur, okay? Change can only occur because of the pulse. The fact that we have the void allows us to move very much like moving pictures, only we're doing it at 22 trillion times a second because it allows our blood to move, our hair to grow, all of this kind of stuff, right.

It's got to be at that fantastic rate. But this ability of change is why the material exists. The material is where all of the matter exists, right? Where we are. The material exists for us to encounter change in order that we may be able to learn and grow and then take that back to the other side with us and thus grow and mature in progress through our various incarnations.

What has happened here in this reality? The material has been hijacked, in my opinion, and it has been hijacked for at least the last 2780 years, if not for the previous 2780 years. And it has been as though there has been a spell on us. The last such spell that was put on us was on September 11, 2001. The attack on the World Trade Center put a spell on the whole planet that froze us for the next 15 years.

They put these spells on us, the powers of the be, to put the mind control on us in order that they might freeze our emotional progress, if you will. And in doing so, we get change. But it's at a very mundane kind of a level, very trivial kind of change right now, as you say, we are in an extraordinary period of time where the ability of them to put the spell on us is breaking. Why you changed over these last nine months at such a core level is specifically why their spell is breaking, okay? Because there are billions of all of us going through the same thing.

Now. People like myself, David Ike, Max Egan, universe had us addressed those same issues decades back such that we would be here now to talk to all of you as you're going through these same issues, okay, so that we can all get on the same page, because universe has decided that they won't be able to put spells on us anymore, and we shall have change. This change is going to undo thousands of years of history, and we're going to start fresh. It is the most sparkling diamond of pure change that could ever it's a great gift to all of us. You cannot know how great this gift is.

Well, that's exciting, but I know that leavening this joy and excitement. You've also mentioned that loads of people are going to die in the process before we reach this.

It's a crossing. As we progress up and through the change, many people will leave us, right? Yes. I suppose you're not going to make this new omelet without breaking a few eggs. Before we go there.

I just wanted to go back slightly because you mentioned earlier rather excitingly, I think that we've all got these natural, tremendous you didn't say psychic powers. What did you say? We've got intuition, psychic abilities. Abilities. And is that in our pineal gland?

Is that wherein it lies? No, the pineal things. Okay, so we only have four senses. We don't have five senses. What we call the sense of touch is a sensation.

There is no sense organ there. All of our sense organs are up in our cranium. Okay? Sense organs are complete subsystems, so you do not hear the sound and then decode it. Your ears do that for you, just as your eyes decode the light and give you the image in the back of your brain so that you don't actually have to see the little light and put it all together and structure your reality that way and you're delivered taste and smell.

These are obscure to our science because they are complete subsystems. The pineal gland is such a complete subsystem. Okay, the pineal gland is extremely interesting. Now, in an unfortunate sense, I got to go outside the body to describe what's going to happen, all right, with the pineal gland. So when you die, your soul okay, so all humans are born through the process wherein the mother actually inhales the soul that will become her offspring, of the being that will become her offspring.

It enters in through her breath. The soul goes in, and the soul can be thought of as like a personally designed template for your body that is impressed over the developing fetus in that woman. So if your soul did not go into that woman, it would go into some other woman, but you would arise the same way out of either of those two women with some small physical differences based on the genetics, the inheritance characteristics of that woman. But the soul describes your body in a very detailed template format. Your soul is not self aware.

Your soul does not have consciousness. You are conscious. But your soul is a separate thing from you that is not conscious in the same way you are. Your soul is conscious of its task and its duties, and that's it. At the end of every life, your soul is reduced to a single drop of what we in the material here call intuition.

The single drop that the soul is reduced to is the sum total of everything you have learned from your experience with the Karma that your body had to deal with. Not your knowledge, not your emotions, but the Karma karmic things that's reduced to a single drop of what we call intuition. It is your pineal gland that accesses that intuition through its subsystem. So we do have five senses. But the pineal gland, even though it's a sensor, it's not as though the other senses so in the material.

We don't really think of the pineal gland as like taste or smell or something, but it delivers to you intuition. And so if you do things and fill your pineal gland full of calcium and you have a bad diet and stuff and it's not functioning, then you will have very little intuitive ability. Right. So it's really very important to keep your pineal gland decalcified. That's interesting.

Yeah, because I've just been taking this fermented skate liver oil, which apparently is very cool. I love that stuff. Yeah, it's really good. The stuff of Vikings. Yeah.

It goes back to your Saxon roots. Yeah. Well, I think I've noticed the difference. So some people are just more in tune with one of my I don't know whether you saw the podcast I did with a friend of mine called Jonathan Miles Lee, who was very, very he got me on to drinking distilled water and taking microdoses of psilocybin and into the importance of the pineal gland. And he was very I mean, he was psychic.

All sorts of interesting experiences. But most of us are just living like we're sort of these lump and beings, aren't we just completely in denial, right? We're condensate. Okay. It is not true that E equals MC squared.

Einstein was 100% wrong about that. The nuclear explosions in atom bombs and nuclear reactors are, in fact, electrical reactions. They're not nuclear. There's no such thing as nuclear forces. It's all vibrations.

Right? And so we are vibrating. We are spirit that motivates matter. Matter is very dense, and you can't extract the energy back out of it. All you can do is rip the electrical bonds, and that's what creates the nuclear explosions.

But matter being dense, that's what gives us the lump and feeling. But the psychic aspect of this, you've got to be very careful about it because some people are extremely psychic. I was extremely psychic in those last six months before I died. It was because my body was deteriorating on me, and it was basically becoming more and more simply pure vibration. And as a pure vibrating antenna, I pick up ancillary I would ruminate with what was going around on me.

Right. So I became extremely psychic. So many of the people that I will meet in the course of my life and have met that are psychic individuals don't have a good body. Their bodies are not doing well. They're vibrating too much.

They're taking substances that make them psychic, more psychic and increase. That vibration at the cost of their adrenal gland and all these other functions within the body. I personally would never drink distilled water. It leaps minerals out of the gut and it is a precursor. Your gut has only got one cell thick of lining on it with the villi to take nutrients out of there.

And distilled water can disturb that greatly and potentially could cause colon cancer. I died from that and the pain of that, it's not something to occult. Okay, Cliff, what do I do about that one? Obviously, the target is full of shit. Okay, so here's what you do.

You can have filtered water and distilled water, but distilled water, water wants to have minerals in it. So you need to have some level of effective mineralization in the body if you're going to be dealing with distilled water. Filtered water is different. All right? So you can distill water out and simply let it sit out so that it can become oxygenated and it will grab some level of minerals, nitrogen, etc.

E from the air. However, another way to do it is to get very pure filtered water and then make sure you have adequate minerals in your diet. And these are like 93 trace minerals you need. You can look them up. It's like folic acid.

Put a couple of drops in your water and you're good. So you just need to be advised that psychic ability is okay. It's great, but it frequently comes at the expense of your body, and that's not good in your overall general progress from life to life. Right? Okay, so let's go back to what's going on now and this extraordinary thing.

It seems to me that the world has been hijacked for a very long time, actually, by an elite. Or maybe the elite are in the service of a higher power which is tormented and evil, whatever it is. You call it, the bug. It's just a placeholder, right? Okay, so you're right.

We've been captured. All governments have been infiltrated and captured. And now it has become visible. And as it becomes visible, that alone is a catalyst to cause your thinking to change, which can cause a change in you, which will turn feedback into this loop. And you cause a change in the reality around you by having made that change internally.

So look at what has happened. We have a situation where the powers that be have decided that they need to call the herd. They need to kill us all off. The reason that they need to do this is they can't pay pensions. Our financial system is breaking down and they can no longer it's not going to last two more years.

It's not even going to last one more year. Absent the COVID and everything we would have had the mother of all crashes in the financial system in 2020, late 2020 would have been the ultimate death of all of the financial system. Structure. We're there now with the backdoor repo on the overnight on the Federal Reserve, the swapping of all of these DRS, they're trying to jen us up to the next level of system, and it's all of debt slavery. Now, in the past, every 100 years, they would institute a plague and then followed by wars or a war, followed by plagues.

They would alternate it sometime. If you look back through history, basically every 100 to 120 years, this happens all the way back to the Middle Ages and the plague years and the origination of the plague laws, okay? So the plague, the Black Death, in my opinion, was engineered by the power elite, and there is even some evidence that you can find that supports this. And they're attempting to do this playbook all over again. But some of the humans, some of the herd, have wired up for the last long time, maybe 60 years, there's been an active self organizing collective that has put together a plan and has engaged with the Bug, the power elite, the captured governments, and is in the process of undoing them.

And this plan, in my opinion, is brilliant, absolute, shining brilliance. And step by step by step, we shall have victory. And we're very, very close, right? Because there are two scores of thought on this, one of which is that what you're saying is the purest hopeium. And hopeium is a trick designed to fool us into thinking that good things are going to happen, when actually it's not.

They don't. Sure, no. hopeium is a bugs weapon because they put up the savior and then allow it to crash. Put it up and allow it to crash because they're feeding off that emotion from the crash. And I'm not offering hope him, okay?

I'm just giving you a projection, and I'm saying that this shall occur. I could be 100% wrong, but I have evidence to support my projection, in my opinion. And then there's something else. I have a pretty incredible track record in projecting future occurrences. Okay, so tell me, first of all about the do we call them White House, the people who sort of formulated this plan.

I call them Asalk self organizing collective. Right. And these will be what? People like you and me? I mean, generals?

No, not generals astute military analysts, okay? People that would have been in the if we had to give them a rank, I would say they would be in the colonels. Some of them would be called Iron Eagles, okay? So in our country here, you have a lieutenant colonel, a lieutenant colonel that has a one insignia. And then when they become a full colonel, they become what we call full bird, and they get this little image of this stylized eagle for their emblem.

If they do not become a general, that eagle becomes iron, so to speak. They're going to finish out their career as a colonel, all right? So these Iron Eagles are people that don't have any political pressure to try and advance their career. They are content, and they've got all these resources, and they have acumen, and they are astute, and they've been trained by the best lifelong university ever in observation, and they saw the bug, and they decided among them how to best do it. And they put a lot of thought in it over a lot of years and came up with a very incredible, clever plan.

Not clever, brilliant. There's a difference. And do we know what the plan is? You obviously know what it is. You're going to tell us what it is?

Or is that giving away? No, there are very few. Okay, so I know the plan. I'm not involved with these individuals. I'm simply an A student analyst on my own, and I was trained by my father, and I am my father's son.

My father had a very interesting military career. He was in the United States Military. He was an Iron Eagle, and he exited the military after a lifetime career there. But he began his military career as an inductee in the Korean War, in which, in the second engagement, he was involved Heartbreak Ridge. He saved his entire company and another company after the officers were wiped out, and he took the objective, and bear in mind, he'd only been in country, like, 15 or 20 days at that point, and he was given a battlefield commission.

Okay? So that shocked the hell out of him, for one. And so he went through the War college, and I went through it with him. So I've been trained in these kind of analysis, and so I have been able, with my acumen, to be able to see certain things being said or done years ahead of the point of it. And so I'll give you an example.

I think it was maybe back in March or April of 2020, maybe it was even earlier. I'd have to go and look. But then President Trump made a curious statement in a speech. He said, I have great enemies, powerful enemies. They're very displeased with me.

I have to go away. It will be for a short while. Do not be afraid. Things will get better. Now, why should he say these things in the course at the intro to a speech back then?

So Trump, in my opinion and I've analyzed him, I don't know Trump, the personality. I've never followed him. I didn't watch any TV or any of that kind of stuff. So I've only done this after the fact. But I've analyzed his actions and stuff, and he's been dropping clues to what's going on this entire time in his presidency.

So he's been doing things. So he told us he had to go away for a while, but it was legit, and that he had to go away because he's got big, powerful enemies, specifically the Big Pharma. And so we see things like that. If you see several thousands of those kinds of things going on, then you can say, the reality being presented to me, to my eyes, ears and so on, is not the reality that isn't in existence. And thus we can make certain conclusions about what's actually happening.

And so you hear people say, oh, you're never going to get rid of the infiltrators, and all of the people that are duplicitous in occupying roles, they should not yet. Okay, that may well be the case. In our experience. They've had a long run, they've been very successful and so on. But I see now certain things that are occurring that are very curious, and that is that, yes, there are FEMA camps in the United States, and so maybe you could think they're going to be used for COVID quarantine or something, right?

But curiously, the military is involved in a very large couple, more than a couple of projects building prisons. Even at this extraordinary time of hyperinflation. They're busting their butts to build these big ass prisons in a couple of places in the United States. They're not large scale quarantine camps like we see the Australians building for their population. This is a specific prison situation, right.

And these prisons have various interesting accoutrement with them that suggests something other than an ordinary situation. In other words, these prisons are being built with courthouses. You don't usually do that unless you're going to be running. Unless you're basically what I'm saying is I'm seeing people in the military getting set up for a production run of prisoners. They're going to be able to run them through a court situation and then right into the prison right there.

And so this is very unusual. It would not make any sense at all. Does not make any sense at all from the perspective of the captured institutions doing it. It doesn't aid them in any way, shape or form because they're not trying to encapsulate a relatively small number of people. They want to visit a great number of people, the whole country.

So there's all these things that are not hoping, that are evidence, and we see it all over the place. Is there a sock equivalent in the UK? Please say yes. Yes, it is. Okay, so here's the thing.

This is why Americans are having such a hard time, all right, and the rest of the world for that matter, because so many people clue in America as the great shining beacon on the hill and their source of hope, right? Yeah. All right. So here's the problem for Americans and for everybody else. This is not about Trump.

This is not about Trump coming back. This is not about anything that has been brought up within any of the political structure that you've heard about so far. This is, as I said, this is about removing the book. This is about freeing humanity. This sock set out to liberate humanity at some point they discovered it was not simply the United States.

It may have been very early in their investigation that they saw that this was global and growing larger, that it was a giant octopus upon us all. And this socks set out to liberate all of humanity. So, yes, I can assure you that the UK is involved, as is Denmark, Sweden, France, any country you care to name. There will be some level of representation or contact in those countries because it is globally coordinated. And so I know that there are iron eagles in various countries that are participating, but it is not 100% military.

It is necessary that the military be the face and take over the brunt of it because some ugly stuff has to be done. So I'm not giving hope you I'm not saying that we're all going into the wizard of Oz land as of any particular day. I'm saying we've got a very long, hard years of suffering, years of deprivation, years of shortages, years of your life changing until you will no longer even remember what we used to call normal. And in that process, in that process of going through that, the agony and the suffering and the death, we will become a free humanity. And that is worth it.

Right? When you say they go do some ugly stuff, what do you mean? People dying everywhere. So many people dying that the nature of our social order changes. So many people dying that someone will come to you and say, james, we're going to need you to work next Saturday to come in on the body disposal group where we're going to need you with your dogs to go from apartment to apartment to apartment to see if people have died and to flag them and this kind of thing.

Are you talking specifically about the go away phone? Anyway? You're talking about what I call the death jab.

It's that bad? Because it's interesting, isn't it? You know, Cliff, I'm just about the only job I don't want to exaggerate. I'm not the only one. I'm just about certainly the only ex mainstream media journalist to have to be on your side of the argument to believe that this is a kill shot and stuff.

And people sort of, I imagine, if they talk about me at all, have conversations like, whatever happened to James Denningpal? He used to be his boat went round that bend in the river. Yes. They think I'm just completely mad. If they saw this podcast, they'd think I was even madder.

I mean, I can tell you, isn't it, it wouldn't be wrong. But here's the thing. Just because you're crazy, it doesn't mean you're wrong, right? They are trying to kill us. Here's something that I tell people.

Nothing in this world today makes any sense at all. Bring up any kind of thing you want to talk about. There's aspects of it that just make no sense. The powers that be what they're doing, the populist response. The populace is out here saying basically, what's going on?

We don't know. Nothing makes sense at all. All right? But if you will slot one single idea into your thinking, everything will become instantly clear and instantly makes sense. And that one single idea is they want to kill you.

If you plot that in, if you go on in and you say it is a deliberate, depopulation agenda to kill as many humans as possible, then it all makes sense. Then it makes sense. Why are they continuing with the jab when we've got thousands dead and the swine flu was shut down with only 25 dead? And why do we have all of these different things happening? All of it makes sense if you just say they're trying to kill us.

And so I don't know how people are going to conceptualize the they, but sooner or later, you start looking at who the they are, and then you see that they're trying to kill you with bad food, with too much electromagnetic radiation around you in all these different ways anyway. And so it all makes sense that they do want to kill you. And then you start looking into Bill Gates. You find out that he said the best thing that could happen to humanity would be 2 billion people dying right away, and then another 2 billion dying in about five years. And by the way, he's the head of all of these vaccine projects, but he's not a virologist, and there's no medical degree or anything like that.

And so why would you ever want to take a product produced by an individual who has a stated goal of killing off at least four sevenths of humanity? Where in your life have you ever gotten medical care free? I mean, in your case, it's different. Here in the United States, we pay for everything, and yet they're giving away these death jabs, and so obviously, they want to give them to you. And there's another thing about this.

As in advertising, if the product is free, you are the product. Yes. So there we are. And so if you think about it that way, they're trying to kill us, it all makes sense. Then you can start analyzing, is there some substance to that idea?

And you go and you see some doctors that say, in my clinic, 62% of the people presenting themselves with illnesses that are vaccinated have blood clots, micro blood clots, and elevated Ddimer tests. And so then you can tell someone that's had the shot. You can go find out if they're trying to kill you, go get this simple blood test called a Ddimer, and you guys have free medical stuff. Well, hey, turns out I hear that the medical system in the UK, they don't want to do this de dimer test that no matter what you do, unless you go to an outside physician, they're not going to do it for you unless you present at the hospital. I don't know that that's true, but that's what I'm being told.

How come? Because all this seems obvious to me. Crazy, but obvious. So how come so many people I mean, number one, how come so many doctors who've sworn the Hippocratic oath or whatever and you thought became doctors to do good, to heal people? Okay, politicians, we understand why they're doing what they do because they're just like they have no principles.

But doctors are captured.

Here's how they capture them. The medical school is designed to cultivate a particular kind of mind. That mind is dominated by memory, not cognition. Most doctors would have a hard time coming into a new situation and analyzing it and coming to an effective conclusion to fight their way out of a paper sack. I've seen doctors that can tell you every bone and all of this kind of stuff.

They've got memories all over that can't figure out a mechanical latch on a garden gate even after I've demonstrated it to them. And so they do not think, they don't analyze. And then these memory beings, these doctors that are all memory and jammed full, are captured by the institutions that they work for, and they're like everybody else, they're amenable to being squeezed by the salary, being able to support their families and so on. So they may indeed have good intentions and see no evil in anything they're doing because they believe the mainstream media, they haven't examined the results of their own actions and thus are not that way. Now, I was just on another interview with Greg Hunter here in the US.

And I brought up this thing because this guy called me. He's a doctor, and he's quit his job several days back, and he drove from where he was in the Midwest and the US. Down to California, basically in a mental fog because one day he went into work and he actually had to fill out paperwork that brought a staggering idea to his he's an Er doc or a hospitalist and brought a staggering idea to him, and that nine out of every ten people he put on a ventilator died. And now he understands that he shouldn't have put them on ventilators. He's starting to grasp it, right, starting to understand nine out of the ten people that he put on ventilators died.

And he's understanding now that his lack of attention and his lack of thinking has caused him to be in this position. And he's been killing vaccinated people with ventilators that got the so called delta variant. Yes. And of course, you know that it's illegal for you in the United States to know which variant you have. The reason it's illegal is because the test that would tell you which variant you have has to be certified in order to certify that test.

It costs several million dollars. Nobody is willing to do it so when they say delta variant, they're just making it up. It could be Moo, Lambda Epsilon, it doesn't make any difference. And we also now know that all of the vaccines as of like two weeks ago perhaps are 100% ineffective because there's no longer a COVID circulating in the general population on the planet has the spike protein that is in the vaccines. They have 17 or 16 other spike proteins because there are 17 spike proteins involved in this.

And so all the vaccines have that one spike protein in them to supposedly protect. And it's not circulating in the wild anymore. The vaccines that we know, don't we, from the vaccines, socalled vaccines, were prepared before the pandemic. They've been sort of doing the rounds, waiting for an opportunity. Do you think they were actually designed as kill shots or is it a kind of byproduct of their rush process?

No, it was not rushed. It took them well over a year. From the Falky emails, we know that Falkie's chief engineer, virology engineer was succeeded in attaching a spike protein to the coronavirus somewhere before 2015 and bragged about it in a video in 2015 16. So they put the spike protein on the coronavirus to cause this. At that point they were also engineering the vaccines along with the progress of that attachment of spike proteins.

Spike proteins were delivered in a final form for the vaccine to Mederna and to pfizer in 2019, early 2019, ahead of the pandemic being released the next year. I tumbled to the pandemic when I was watching the Chinese Dark Web before they shut it down on April 1 in 2020. And I saw the activity in late 19 in China that was circulating on the web and really freaked out. And so the bioweapon was deliberately released and sometime in 2019 and they've had this all set up. The kill shot is designed to kill, that's his point.

And the way it kills is they don't want to kill everybody. The day they go in, only one out of 3000 people drop dead that day from the shot. An additional one out of 3000 will drop dead in the subsequent week. But everybody is getting damaged. And the idea is that they'll give you enough shots that you'll just go home and die one day and they won't have to worry about you.

We have that situation here now where EMT people, ambulance people are telling me that a shift does not go by, that they don't go and haul a dead person out of an apartment that simply died alone following a shot of some number of them. They don't know if they've had two shots, one shot or whatever, they're just hauling dead people out of apartments all over the place. These are not old people, they're middle aged and reasonably young. So it was a death shot. It had to be done in this way in order to get as many people as possible to take it.

This is why the Biden administration and everybody was trying to get an extraordinary number for herd immunity. If you go to an animal vet, and if you go to a vet, if you go to an animal hubandrus that deals with herds, they will tell you all throughout history, herd immunity is 12%. Not 70, not 80. It's 12% of a herd of cows, 12% of a herd of goats or sheep. If you get that many immune, you don't have a problem.

Okay? So this idea of getting 70% of the United States shot with this stuff was intended to kill people. It was not intended to create herd immunity. And as a matter of fact, now we've already reached 80% of the people in the United States have either contracted and developed natural immunity to COVID or are vaccinated. So we should technically be able to simply cease vaccinations now, not put the effort into it and not worry about it anymore and be good isn't part of the problem with their plan.

Or maybe they've got a counter plan here. The people who are not taking the job are the very people who they ought to most want to eliminate. People like you and me and the cupid difficult people. That is indeed their biggest issue. Their thing was that we should not have existed.

It shouldn't have rolled out this way. Okay, so the self organizing collective came into existence and became global sometime in the became active in the early part of this millennium, right? As the century changed, there was a plan on the part of the bad guys, the globalists, whatever we want to call it. That plan was able to be implemented to a certain degree. The SoC became aware of it and started tracking the plan in about 2004, electronically.

And so they knew that the plan was to put Obama in office for eight years, followed by Hillary Clinton for eight years. Obama was to get his goal was to have all of the guns in the United States taken away the same way they did in Australia about the same time you noticed that we go through those same events, and they tried to do it here. Obama said that he never had any scandals, which is bullshit, all these other things. But Obama administration had more mass shootings that have ever existed in the United States, and most of them were concentrated on schools and all of this kind of thing. And poor Alex Jones got all kinds of deep problems for the Sandy Hook issue.

Now the Sandy Hook school shooting is being resurrected because they're trying to again get our guns under Biden, because Trump put the plan back. Hillary Clinton was not supposed to lose. They cheated to get Hillary Clinton to win. But the sock knew the cheat was going to happen. And they had previously asked Trump to occupy this role in the giant battle against good and evil against evil from good side.

And so Trump was to be president. He was President, but he was definitely acting within his role, within the sock. He put their plans back four years, so they're having to rush everything right now. Their plans were to have a nuclear war that would take out all of us cussed ones. We were going to lose this nuclear war in the west.

It was going to hit the United States, it was going to hit Australia, it was going to hit England, and we were going to lose and we were going to lose our constitution here in the United States and in Australia as the Chinese came in as the winners of the war. Because the losers don't get to keep the Constitution, right? Yes. When we took over Germany at the end of World War II, we gave them the Constitution we wanted, and so that was the plan. Well, Hillary Clinton didn't get to have her nuclear war.

The bioweapon was supposed to come after the nuclear war to finish off the last part of the process. So they've been thrown all out of kilter by the sock and are now struggling to maintain the status quo and recover, even as parts of their plan still are attempting to be pumped out. And so Biden is now attempting to make up for the failure of Obama in taking our guns and to maneuver us into this next war, et cetera, et cetera. They're trying to rush it all. They had a plan that this was supposed to go down by 2050.

This is all written down. We've seen this stuff written down since the 1860s in freemason literature and so on. So we know what the plan is, that their plan is, and for some reason, something motivated them to bring that plan forward from 2050 to 2020. That, I think was their undoing. And in any event, though they shall be undone.

I'm not offering opium here because this is a war we're going to suffer. Lots of us will die in this process, but we will win because we are determined to win. Because the thing is, the SoC formed itself up and has control of the military and a big chunk of the power. They know that they're dealing with an insurrection, an insurrection that is truly evil and is global. And the only way to deal with an insurrection is through a counter insurrection.

A counterinsurgency, right. Yeah. And so this counterinsurgency has two main elements. It has the military and the populace. The military is on board and doing stuff.

Now, as we note from your reaction, from your personal change over these last six months. Now the populace is getting involved and becoming awake. As we reach a certain point of everything being awake, when we reach a certain number of awake individuals in the populace, then things can go into a much more active and visible level of the theater of this. War. And that is coming very quickly.

Yes, this is good to hear, but if you went into any of the various chat groups I'm in, one of the most common complaints is like, we are so few. Why do so few people get it? It's so obvious to us. Are you telling me that this is going to change? This has changed.

Here's the problem. The chat groups and every way in which you communicate is controlled by the enemy. The enemy employs thousands of people, each running hundreds of cell phones and hundreds of computers through gang software to control and create the impression they want. All right? The enemy is attempting this is an information war.

At this stage, they live and die by information. The more information we have, the weaker they become. They are desperate to muddy that and delay that and destroy our ability to get information any way they can. Thus all the censorship and all of these things. So all of these things tell us how weak they are because they're not in control.

If they were in control, they wouldn't have to censor us, they wouldn't give a rat to us what we were saying because they were in control. Just like in Australia, they don't care what the population says because the population doesn't have guns. And so basically they're in control. Now the population is starting to take different actions and so it's become a little bit upsetting down there, but so this is the war we face. So I'm able to say, because of the software I've written and the analysis I've run, that that process of controlling the dialogue on the media, on the social media, is breaking down very, very rapidly.

And so you are correct that people are saying this, but they're saying that they think they know they're awake and they just don't see it in the people around them. But their experience is altered and controlled by their enemy. So if they were to take another approach to that experience, they may find that the people around them that they think are asleep are not. So you have to go and talk to that person to see if they're awake. Right?

And so you may be able to you don't have the appropriate conversations with these individuals because it is not appropriate within the milieu that has been described for you and the paradigm you're operating in within the structure controlled by our enemy. Very soon now, it's already happening, but very soon here in the United States and throughout the rest of the world, there will become a certain level of openness and you will find a great many people that will also be able to describe that. I'm awake too. I just didn't want to say anything because I thought you were asleep. Right.

And now you've got people that are your relatives that are taking the shots and all of this kind of stuff. But a lot of these people that have taken the shots are waking up themselves because they're experiencing the death shot. So I've had numbers of people contact me to say, they took one shot, they're feeling so bad, what can they do? They're not ever going to take another one, blah, blah, blah. And so I give them what I hope I can in the way of their body, and then I point them to some areas that can assist them in aiding their mind and getting their head wrapped around all of this.

And so that's happening all over now. We can't believe the numbers that are coming out because the bad guys control the media, the evil controls the media. So of course they're going to tell you that over half of the United States has been jabbed. I don't think that's true. I think it's far, far, far less.

And I know millions of people that have gotten one shot and aren't going back for the next. I know this because I haunt the deep web and I have all this software that can go out and find stuff for me, right, and I've got conversations between parts of the deep state saying, well, shit, we've got 15 million doses of this stuff, we've got to get somewhere else. It's just going to go bad up here. These people are not coming back for the second shot. Yeah.

And so I see these things and so I know that this is available out there. Anybody can do this kind of research that I do right now. You could begin doing it on your own without my software, because there are so many people like ourselves that are doing their bit in this war, standing up and making videos, saying, look what I learned today. Yeah. And then that's all you have to do.

But you're not going to see it on the controlled media, so you're not going to see it on YouTube, right? You're going to see it on BitChute, Rumble, Odyssey, all of these other platforms. So as long as you're corralled, all you're going to see are the other sheep. If you've decided you're not a sheep anymore, you got to get out of the corral. Yeah.

Is there any hope? You're right. My parents have taken the vaccine and sorry, not the right word, but they've had the shot, the death shot. You control that language, can't help it.

They both did so reluctantly, and I think they regret having done so. They did it because peer pressure, all sorts of things. Is there any hope for them? Can people who've had the death shot do anything? Yes, there are things that can be done.

If you go to my Twitter feed, I put up an image of things that the vaccinated can do. There are things to do. The first thing you need to do is start having a dedimer test every six months, because the dedimer test looks for the debris in your blood that indicates you're having these microclots. The microclots are going to induce exertion intolerance. They're going to cause strokes, all of these other different kinds of problems for you.

And that's the real problem. If you're having those, you can get on blood thinners that at least eliminates that part of it. Yeah. There are remedial actions you can take to strip the material that was injected into you out of your body. So we know that the ibermectin binds the spike protein and puts it out through your gut.

So you excrete it or comes out of the urine. We know that nak, an acetylcysteine, provides cellular repair, clears the lungs and AIDS in the electrical charge in the blood and other effects. It also AIDS in boosting glutathione. If you take glutathione itself, then you can get rid of what's known as the SPIONs. These are the things that make the people magnetic.

These are super paramagnetic, iron oxide, nanoparticles. Glutathione will get rid of those C 60, which is this called butt. Mr. Fullernee this product here, C 60 in olive oil, induces apoptosis in cells and kills off the damaged cells that the spike protein is damaged. So you get them out of your body.

It also induces stem cells, so you'll replace those cells. So there are things you can do. You can take chaga to protect you from encountering the COVID Again, your problem as a vaccinated person is that your immune system has been damaged. It will continue to be damaged as long as you don't take remedial action. The very first time you encounter COVID, you will have a very bad reaction because your body has been primed for that reaction.

It's called pathogenic priming, or antibody dependent enhancement. And so you can do things there. One thing you can do is to prevent yourself from having a receptive cell. A receptive cell has a positive charge on the outside of it, and it allows the virus to attach to the outside of it. A cell has to be both receptive and permissive in order for the virus to take over that cell.

Just having cells that are not receptive means you won't encounter covet. It won't get into your body. You can do that by just walking around constantly, sipping on chaga tea, taking lots of vitamin D until your vitamin D is raised way up there, and so on and so on. So these routines are known and you can find this information on the Internet. And it does work.

That's good. I'm going to leap ahead to another question I was dying to ask you. The Bug, this super entity, on one level, it's extremely powerful because it's taken over. I mean, it's got humans at high levels to operate on its behalf. Is that right?

Am I right in thinking that people like Boris Johnson, the awful President Bieber of Canada, they're all kind of creatures of the Bug? They've just been brainwashed? Correct. They're mind controlled, and it's very subtle and very deep and very pervasive. The bug, in my understanding the bug was the very first thing I encountered in hyperspace.

Okay? I encountered this being that I thought all of hyperspace was like this first encounter and it is not okay because I popped into hyperspace in a bugs laboratory. I call them a bug, but they look basically like they're called mantids, but they look more like an ant. Being in hyperspace, when you pop into hyperspace because you're getting there from a psychedelic you don't have your body, your spherical because in space the sphere is the most efficient form. You can then express your body by remembering what you look like.

Very difficult under psychedelics to have this kind of mental control. That's why perhaps people like Joe Rogan only go to hyperspace for a few brief seconds and then come back out. But that people like myself that have some of the schizophrenic tendencies have some perhaps quirky genetics that make us more able to exist in there. But nonetheless, I encountered the bug at my very first entry into hyperspace and learned just from that encounter. And then when I encountered this other being, the guy who told me about the Vegas nervous system, he told me that they had to have the bug in their solar system and they had many planets in their solar system and they got rid of the bug and that they actually had the bug physically in their solar system and it was over a thousand years.

If I understand the numerics, numerics don't translate well in hyperspace, but if I understand it, it was over a thousand year war getting the bug thrown out of their solar system. And the bug is the most ancient of all of the life's life forms that this hominid that I was discussing the things with that his species had ever encountered. And so the bug is extremely ancient and it's an insect. That doesn't change, it's invariant. It doesn't like us.

We're noisy, we're psychic, we change all the time, we do things badly. According to it, the bug created communism. It created all of the top down hierarchical structures and we've existed under it for all of my life and for thousands of years because the bug put this on us at least 3000 years ago, if not much further. So on one level it's supremely powerful because it can control all these people, the people in positions of power. And it's been effectively ruling the world for 2000 or 700 years or longer.

And yet at the same time it seems to have weaknesses. It's very weak. How does that work? Okay, so they are insects. This other that I encountered, this first one is an insect.

And so I encountered a very ancient being, I don't know how old it was, probably several thousands of years. It was very powerful. Now it threw me out of its environment with its mind, basically. What are you doing here in my laboratory and kicked me out. I came back because I was so angry because all of these different reasons I have authority issues and I wasn't going to take this crap from an insect.

So I came back. Okay. And when I came back I discovered something. Even though I was a sphere, I could project power. Now at that point I'd been taking martial arts since I was eleven.

So I understood fighting and this sort of thing. And so I fought the bug with my mind and it was like freaked out that I came back. And then it was freaked out that I was able to throw a barrier up that prevented it from getting in at my thoughts. And then it was freaked out that I was able to project the barrier and push on. The bug took a great deal of energy and it threw me out of its environment that point into the rest of hyperspace.

So the bugs are powerful enough to be able to cordon off spaces in hyperspace and keep the rest of the activity out of there while they do their experiments and stuff. But the bugs are they don't have digits like we do. They're not manipulative. They don't have technology. They have to work through other beings and they have to do it at a resonance level that is always inimitable to those other beings because it's buglike and we're not bugs.

So there's always a tendency on the part of the other beings to break free because we don't want to be bugs and we don't want to think like bugs and act like bugs. So it is a part of universe, in this duality of universe, in Materia, the bug is not allowed to rule always, forever, constantly, because its very presence sets up the opposition to it. Right? Makes sense. I bet the bugs love the Chinese more than they love us.

This is the thing the bugs love. So they don't like black people, okay? The bug has decided the whites have to go. So there's a white people genocide going on now because they can control the other races easier. This is why the Wegars in China are being eliminated because they're Aryan, okay?

So they're Chinese white people, so to speak, right? And bug through all of its control mechanisms does not like sovereign individuals that are self actualizing. And so bug, you've got to join the hive. It's got to be a hive mind. So there are Chinese, there are 140 different racial groups in China's and there are Chinese subsets in there that are not cooperative with the bug.

We know that these are the people that are not cooperative. And so this is like the way Gars Ube, the Yao, these are the people that the CCB will not give vaccines to because they intend harvesting their organs, okay? And they know you can't sell a liver that's been vaccinated just as in this country in my country, you can't give blood if you've been vaccinated nor donate any organs. That should be a big damn thing to everyone. Yes.

That leads me to a question that I've been dying to ask you.

Okay. I had a good education. I was taught how to think. No, sorry, you were schooled. Okay.

When I went to university, I was blessed with a particularly brilliant tutor who enabled me to think for myself, to think critically. And I was very, very lucky. And I'm always grateful to him. It's the best thing that happened to me intellectually. But I wasn't the only one who had this education or this experience, let's say.

So why is it that why are so many people still now being taken in by this shit?

Because it's so pervasive and because the bug can think of they think out 1000 years and then they work all the way back to this moment to figure out what they're going to need for that thousand year plan. The bug understands emotions even though it doesn't have them. It attempts to manipulate emotions and frequently goes overboard, but it understands them, but it does not experience them. And so this is our key thing. I know emotionality, as I was told on one of the journeys to hyperspace, is the key to breaking free of the book.

You can break mind control if you can get the emotions whipped up enough. Our mind control is from the minute you are born. Okay? So the mind control starts everywhere. So people males are circumcised as infants as an act of mind control.

I can tell you this right now, but it's not as you think. It's not as you're thinking right now. Circumcised males have lost between 2 million and 5 million sensors. These sensors react to hormones produced by the women that they're having sex with. It is these hormonal receptors that allow for males to mate for life because of the bonding that takes place during that intercourse at the hormonal level.

Absent in all cultures. In all cultures where circumcision is practiced, divorce rates are 50% or higher. In cultures where you don't have circumcision, look at what you have. I, as an example, am not circumcised. I've been married for 48 years.

Okay? This is a rarity in our social order. That is how deep this goes. Specifically targeting 2 million receptors because of the effect on the brain later on. So why is there a huge struggle?

You have to ask yourself. You can go down these rabbit holes. Here's another weird rabbit hole for you. OK, straws. Straws and sippy cups.

Yeah, straws and sippy cups alter the brain. And so if you want to grow up to be an actual selfactualizing male I cannot speak for females because I'm not one. Right? And I'll never be one. This is the nature of reality.

I'll never be born reincarnated as a female. I will always be male. But if you want to grow up as a selfactualizing male. Don't drink from straws, because there's a different function in drinking from a straw that shapes your mouth differently, changes the nature of your jaw, changes the nature of your throat, and affects big chunks of your brain. And the longer you sip on straws and little sippy things, the longer you will be infantile.

Wow. It's a bit late for me now to go back into my youth and not drink. But you can change. You will see a remarkable change in as little as six months, eliminating all sucking motions. Wow.

So no cocktails, or at least by martinis if you had a drink? No. If you had a drink, you need to take that full. There's a different action in the throat. It is difficult for people that sip a lot to get a custom and climate change to that.

And as soon as they do, it will really start changing your brain and how you carry yourself in reality. What do I need to do? Tell me. Just take a regular cup. No straw or anything.

Don't suck your lip with liquids. Take a mouthful and drink it and swallow. Oh, I see. Yes. But that makes it harder to drink it when it's hot.

Well, there's something else. Yeah. Look at our diets and the things that we do. So I'm an iconoclast. I don't do things the way that other people do.

I examine everything before I'll do it and so forth. It takes me a long time to examine stuff, but I examine the frequency of the lights. I examine how I drink and all of these different kinds of things and adopt those things that make sense. Our social order is so taken over by the bug that it affects whether or not you arrive with a foreskin in life. Right.

So every aspect of our lives are being controlled by things. And if you examine these things with the idea sort of asking yourself, is the bug doing this? Is this something that is beneficial for the bug? By changing the social order, you will see a great many things that are indeed that way. That's extraordinary.

So what can we do? People are going to be desperate to know what can we do to prepare ourselves for the shit storm that's coming? What's your advice? Well, you have very little time. Okay.

Because the next thing that's up the sock is already today. We're in the midst of the economic breakdown, so the financial system is breaking down such that our economy can be freed. You and I have never lived our lives in a sound money situation. I touched one 10th sound money in the form of silver coins when I was a kid, but they were withdrawn from circulation before I was, like, two or three years old. So sound money is coming.

It will change the global economy, and we will truly have prosperity based on that. But there is no quantum financial system. There's no Nisara, no socialist reengineering. Nobody's going to put money in your bank account. Banks are going to fail.

Vast quantities of banks around the planet are going to fail. Huge industries are going to fail. We have to restructure our entire social order for humanity. It's going to take decades, perhaps hundreds of years. We're beginning it in earnest as of a few weeks ago and the Chinese bonds are starting to crumble.

The bond situation is going to take down the rest of the banking system. It's happening now. So you need to look at your immediate needs for the next six to eight months and then start getting together with neighbors and friends and forming communities to get through this all this time. We're still going to have the oppressors trying to oppress us. So we have to do this stuff knowing that they're out there trying to oppress us and doing things.

And we have to take actions around that oppression to maintain ourselves over these next few months as we get into this, the horror time. And the horror time is going to be threefold. It's going to be the financial structure system collapsing and that's going to have impacts on food and all kinds of social stuff. There's also going to be tons of information coming out about evil and how evil things have been and for how long they've been. We're all going to be forced to deal with it.

And then on the other side of that is the dieoff, the evil and the exposure and the financial system crumbling have to come ahead of January and the beginning of next year, the depth of winter in northern hemisphere because that's when the diaphragm to come and we're going to be really occupied in that for a long time. We've got to get our minds right ahead of that. So the sock is doing things now in my opinion, that I've sussed out. It's doing things now to bring these things to a head fairly rapidly. And something else that will be coming out is the audits here in the United States that will show that indeed Trump won all 50 states and indeed it was the largest ever, most massive steel of votes.

And indeed every single country on this planet that uses machine counted votes has to look at what they've been doing. So it's not just audit Arizona. It's not just audit one county in Arizona. It's not just audit that state. It's audit all states, all countries because we've all been captured and that's coming out.

So when that comes out, mindset changes and the people around you will start changing. Even if they've never looked at your podcast, you will see them changing and you'll know, that's good to hear. Where are you on gold? I mean, should one buy physical gold? Is that a good thing?

Yeah, I love this stuff. Okay, so here's the thing. So I was just talking about this with Greg hunter. Cryptos are good because they're not controlled by the bug. It wants centralized digital currency, not decentralized.

The cryptos were released by the sock back when, all right? It was designed for that purpose. I like gold and silver because we're going to be trading with that. We're going to have a period of time after the financial system crashes that we have to rebuild our economy during this very terrible time where we're getting all this ugly information and people are dying in that period of time. We will need sound money.

We will have terrible, terrible circumstances. There won't be much to buy, all right? But for those things that you're going to buy, you can get cash because cash will still trade for some period coins and bills, and you can get gold and silver to be used there as well, and also with crypto. Cryptos will continue and will preserve value. But we're going to get into a funny situation as of next january.

And that funny situation could be phrased this way, that we may go into January with, say, bitcoin at $100,000 per bitcoin, and we may come out of January with bitcoin being worth $9,000. Okay? But it won't be 9000 petro dollars. It'll be 9000 new dollars with their new purchasing power such that bitcoin per se hasn't lost any of its purchasing power, even though it may have lost 90% of its petrodollar valuation. Yes, I see that.

Okay, so food, cryptos, gold. Here's the other thing, too. We're in a period of shortages, so things that require maintenance, you better get those parts. Anything requiring a chip, forget it. You have to figure out something else to do for that device when it breaks down because you won't be able to replace that chip.

So if you need clothing for the winter, you better buy it now. It may not be available this winter. We won't have supply chain and shipping and so on. The war is about to come out into the public. When that does, we can expect some responses and reprisals from the deep state as it is fighting this retreating action.

And it will do everything it can to harm as many humans as it can during that period of time that it's getting beat down. Hopefully this is the only hopeium, is that I personally think that there are reasons to suspect we will not go to a national to national war. So in other words, they could devolve. This is what they wanted. They wanted China to defeat the US.

And the west in a nuclear exchange. Hopefully that need not occur now. Okay? Hopefully we're past that. Now that their plans are so disrupted, we know that they're losing.

There's great many areas of evidence to suggest that the bug and his group are losing and it's just a matter of time before and that we must take these steps. So basically it's like Gandhi facing the people during the salt marshes, right? He was going there to get salt and he knew he was going to be beat, but he had to take the beating. And that's where we're at now. We've got tough times ahead of us.

We'll survive them, but we're going to get injured in that tough time and we're just going to have to take the pain because we're there now. Yeah.

Why are the Cabal so into pedophilia and child sacrifice and stuff like that? Longevity Adrenal. You ever see the movie Monsters Inc. Yeah. Okay?

That's all about adrenochrome. All of these monsters, the Cabal were going into children's bedrooms to make them fearful and scream and cry. That's what they have to do to produce Adrenochrome. So here's a terrible secret for everyone. Schizophrenics die most frequently from Adrenochrome overdoses.

Schizophrenics rarely die of cancer. I had a terrible cancer that was 30 years undiagnosed and I suffered greatly for 30 years and when they cut it out of me, not a sign of metastasizer, but it was growing for 30 years, okay, all my lymph nodes are clean and so on. Something about Schizophrenics protects us from dying from cancer. Not that we don't get it, we just don't usually die from it. That something is the fact that Schizophrenics run with their Adrenals just going constantly.

When your Adrenal complex goes constantly, it degrades your body but it produces Adrenochrome, which is the oxidized form of the Adrenal hormones. People that are not Schizophrenics that take Adrenochrome find that it is a longevity substance, that it restores youthful function and sometimes youthful appearance as well to a huge degree and it is super psychedelic, okay? And this is why Schizophrenics are always not there, it's because they're constantly under psychedelic load. Adriacrom also may be what protects me in hyperspace because I was, I think, a fully formed Schizophrenic and should have died before my brother. But in an early age I became aware of my mental illness and I deliberately set out to kill myself or cure myself with psychedelics and I did both.

So I think that has protected me and given me something of a view of this. But I know that the Adrenochrome is the whole goal for the Powers that Beat. Now the bug on the other side of that doesn't care if these guys live or die or how long they live or so on, right, but it needs something to motivate them and Adrenochrome is the ultimate drug, you get it from a living adrenal gland can't be extracted from a corpse, okay? So it is the most horrific thing you've ever started to even think about and that's coming out. You're going to get inundated about information about this and it is going to be truly, truly horrifying.

And so many people are going to exit this planet because of the circumstances that they're going to be facing. They will not want to live with it, they just won't. Even want to think about it. Can you explain that? You mean the bad guys are the good guys?

No, the normies. So many of the norms are going to be shocked at what has been going on and how industrialized it is. Okay, so there are a lot of the bug adherence, there are a lot of the powers that be, they need a lot of adrenochrome. So right now on this planet, there are more slaves than have ever existed in all of humanity's history. There are more children now dying to produce adrenochrome than you can possibly imagine.

And it is a production, it is an industrialized process. And this, if you plug that in, so if you plug in the idea that they're trying to kill us and you keep plugging in all these horrific ideas, all of reality will make sense to you. So this makes sense of all of the horrors going on at the southern border here. This makes sense of all of the grooming gangs in the UK, all of the mass immigration. This makes sense as to why Soros is paying for all of this.

It makes sense as to why Soros is on his 12th liver and his 7th heart. Yeah. Are we going to get killed saying this stuff?

There had been a time ten or 15 years ago that that might have been the case. No longer is that the case. Too many people are talking about it. There are individuals that they won't touch for whatever reason. I don't know that individuals are protected, but there are individuals that can say things and get away with it.

And others don't know me. I'm paranoid. I'm assuming people are trying to kill me. I've got stalkers, I live in a walled compound, I'm heavily armed just because people try and stalk me. I'm a 40 year martial arts veteran and so I know people are trying to kill me.

And so it's just an ordinary part of life. They're not specifically trying to kill me for this anymore because this information is out there too much. Right, I see. Yeah. Well, I'm assuming that if they kill me, at least I go to heaven.

Exactly. And you'll never suffer, so they just bring you that much closer to your rewards. Now, in that process, by the way, in your medium psychoses, the more activity you do here on Earth in a given life, that lengthens the medium psychosis. So you will see instances of people, especially in India, where a child says he's got two families, he's five, remembers his previous life, they can go back and tell you all his previous brothers and all of this kind of thing. And that was an individual that died young and didn't do much in his life.

So his medium psychosis, the time between lives was very short for all of us, you included, that are out here broadcasting and putting themselves out and doing all of this stuff. We're doing a lot in this life. And so we can expect that our medium psychosis will be very long indeed because you go through heaven and hell. The hell is the part of your soul being reducing all of its experience down into the intuition that you'll take into your next life. And then the heaven is where you are.

Your consciousness is during that period of time. And this is what is called the long rest or the long sleep. And so it's a really complicated guy. The woo is deep and it is very old. But there are people now, Obama I know for sure and the man that he claims to be, Michelle, his wife, I know both of these individuals to be participants in what I call the war through time.

And so there are things you can do to affect how and where and when you are reborn. Some of us will not do that because it has consequences. Others in the service of the bug, they do do that. And so this is why you will see Obama going to visit a statue in Egypt that looks exactly like him carved several thousand years ago because in his previous life that was him. Right.

And he had a long medium psychosis, a long rest, and popped out into this life. And so this also, if you plug in these things, a lot of this stuff starts making even more sense. Yeah, well, presumably I hope there are bad consequences for this kind of shit that they do. Yes, they can delay and delay and delay, but the scales are here now. The time that these things occur that come out are the shift of ages.

Astrology is us looking at the energies of life and making certain categories and decisions about them. But those energies exist whether we would care to examine them or not. And so as we change from the Age of PISCES into the Age of Aquarius, as we have done, certain energies are now popping in that didn't exist in the past and we are responding to those. It is at these cusp points, these great changes that you find things happening to the planet such as we are going through right now. And it is at these periods of time that the scales of justice are balanced.

And so there's a lot of misery coming to our enemies. Yes, yes. But ultimate reward for the good guys, I mean, presumably good does get rewarded ultimately by the universe or whatever. That's above my pay grade. I don't make those kinds of decisions.

Right, right. Because then you have to what is a reward? Who would be giving the reward? That implies an ownership of the being that's being rewarded and so on. So I don't know.

The universe quite works that way. I know that we are here to learn what to do and what not to do and that I know that when we go into our medium psychosis. We allow the changes that we experience here to alter our beings. Bear in mind that we're permanent beings, eternal beings that are simply mortal. Okay?

We live many lives. We're not eternal, we're not immortal, but we are eternal. And so we allow ourselves to be changed so we can grow. And this, again is a great boon to not be static and constant the way everything is in the land of permanence. So in my reality here, things are as they are.

But I don't answer why questions because that goes to intent and I can never suss out intent. And I just basically attempt to look and accept and make decisions based on what I see. Well, Cliff, I've so enjoyed this and it's going to just completely blow people's minds, which of course is exactly what you want. Very quickly, when you talk about psychedelics, which ones you're talking about? DMT.

Iwasca DMT is too quick. I like masculine and I like shrooms. I like yellow teachers or Thai teachers. It's a particular type of psilocybubensis. But when I take mushrooms, I take shamanic level doses.

Right. I don't do these things as recreational, so I used to make my own mescaline, which is taken from the San Pedro cactus from Peyote. And masculine, in my opinion, is the best for reaching and sustaining time in hyperspace. It is not a particularly good psychedelic relative to the other uses, like getting off of smoking or quitting opiates. Right?

You're better off taking mushrooms. Never take LSD or any of the synthetics if you want to get the hyperspace. They just will not bust you through. DMT will bust you through, but it's going to haul you back real quick. Okay, that's good.

Yes. Anyway, I'm sorry, I've got my supper waiting for me and I measured it's late. Well, while we still got food available. But Cliff, it's been fantastic. I've so enjoyed this.

And just my remind my listeners, please support me on patreon and SubscribeStar if my website is working again. If you didn't at the moment, you can support me on PayPal as well and check out Cliff's other do you want to plug anything? Cliff, have you got any? No, I'm old. Retired guy.

I got into bitcoin. I don't need to sell things. Yes, so hold on to cryptos and are there any other things that I want to know about that? No, that's basically it. Okay, we're going to go through tough times.

We'll pull out. Cool. Okay. Thanks a lot, Cliff. It's been great to talk to you.

Okay. Okay. Yeah. Bye bye. Thank you.

Bye.

Close video.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.